Aastra Telecom 41-001343-02 инструкция обслуживания

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876

Идти на страницу of

Хорошее руководство по эксплуатации

Законодательство обязывает продавца передать покупателю, вместе с товаром, руководство по эксплуатации Aastra Telecom 41-001343-02. Отсутствие инструкции либо неправильная информация, переданная потребителю, составляют основание для рекламации в связи с несоответствием устройства с договором. В законодательстве допускается предоставлении руководства в другой, чем бумажная форме, что, в последнее время, часто используется, предоставляя графическую или электронную форму инструкции Aastra Telecom 41-001343-02 или обучающее видео для пользователей. Условием остается четкая и понятная форма.

Что такое руководство?

Слово происходит от латинского "instructio", тоесть привести в порядок. Следовательно в инструкции Aastra Telecom 41-001343-02 можно найти описание этапов поведения. Цель инструкции заключается в облегчении запуска, использования оборудования либо выполнения определенной деятельности. Инструкция является набором информации о предмете/услуге, подсказкой.

К сожалению немного пользователей находит время для чтения инструкций Aastra Telecom 41-001343-02, и хорошая инструкция позволяет не только узнать ряд дополнительных функций приобретенного устройства, но и позволяет избежать возникновения большинства поломок.

Из чего должно состоять идеальное руководство по эксплуатации?

Прежде всего в инструкции Aastra Telecom 41-001343-02 должна находится:
- информация относительно технических данных устройства Aastra Telecom 41-001343-02
- название производителя и год производства оборудования Aastra Telecom 41-001343-02
- правила обслуживания, настройки и ухода за оборудованием Aastra Telecom 41-001343-02
- знаки безопасности и сертификаты, подтверждающие соответствие стандартам

Почему мы не читаем инструкций?

Как правило из-за нехватки времени и уверенности в отдельных функциональностях приобретенных устройств. К сожалению само подсоединение и запуск Aastra Telecom 41-001343-02 это слишком мало. Инструкция заключает ряд отдельных указаний, касающихся функциональности, принципов безопасности, способов ухода (даже то, какие средства стоит использовать), возможных поломок Aastra Telecom 41-001343-02 и способов решения проблем, возникающих во время использования. И наконец то, в инструкции можно найти адресные данные сайта Aastra Telecom, в случае отсутствия эффективности предлагаемых решений. Сейчас очень большой популярностью пользуются инструкции в форме интересных анимаций или видео материалов, которое лучше, чем брошюра воспринимаются пользователем. Такой вид инструкции позволяет пользователю просмотреть весь фильм, не пропуская спецификацию и сложные технические описания Aastra Telecom 41-001343-02, как это часто бывает в случае бумажной версии.

Почему стоит читать инструкции?

Прежде всего здесь мы найдем ответы касательно конструкции, возможностей устройства Aastra Telecom 41-001343-02, использования отдельных аксессуаров и ряд информации, позволяющей вполне использовать все функции и упрощения.

После удачной покупки оборудования/устройства стоит посвятить несколько минут для ознакомления с каждой частью инструкции Aastra Telecom 41-001343-02. Сейчас их старательно готовят или переводят, чтобы они были не только понятными для пользователя, но и чтобы выполняли свою основную информационно-поддерживающую функцию.

Содержание руководства

  • Страница 1

    Aastra 6700i, 6800i, and 9000i Series SIP IP Phones Release 3.3.1 SP3 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Administrator Guide[...]

  • Страница 2

    ii 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Sof twar e Lice nse A gr eement Aastra, hereinafte r known as "S eller" , grants to Customer a pe rsonal, worldwide, non-transferable , non-sublicenseable and non-exclusiv e, restricted use lic ense to use Software in obj ect form solely with the Equipment f or which the Soft- ware was intended. This Pr o[...]

  • Страница 3

    41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 iii Co nt e nt Software License Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Страница 4

    Content iv 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuration Server Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49 Firmware and Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Страница 5

    Content 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 v Action URI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46 Configuration Ser ver Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Страница 6

    Content vi 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Locking/Unlockin g the Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Defining an Emergency Dial Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Страница 7

    Content 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 vii Message Waiting Indicator Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71 Customizable Message Waiting Indi cator (MWI) Request URI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Страница 8

    Content viii 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Directed Call Pickup/Group Call Pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-151 Do Not Disturb ( DND) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Страница 9

    Content 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 ix About this Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Страница 10

    Content x 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Reject INV or BYE when Unsupp orted Value in REQUIRE Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33 XML URI for Key Press Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Страница 11

    Content 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 xi Error Messages Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Warning Message Displ ay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Страница 12

    Content xii 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Local SIP TLS Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-27 SIP STUN Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Страница 13

    Content 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 xiii HTTP/HTTPS Authentication Support for Broadsoft CMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-81 Advanced SIP Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Страница 14

    Content xiv 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Message Waiting Indicator Request URI Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-126 DND Key Mode Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Страница 15

    Content 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 xv Hard Key Settings for 6867i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-182 Customizing the Key Type List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Страница 16

    Content xvi 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuration Encr yption Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-214 DNS Host File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Страница 17

    Content 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 xvii Appendix E: Sample Multiple Proxy Server Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1 About this Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Страница 18

    xviii 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Pr eface This SIP IP Phone Administrator Guide provides information on the basic networ k setup, operation, and maintenance of the Aastra 6700i (6 730i, 6731i, 6735i, 6737i, 6 753i, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i C T ), 6 800i (6863i, 6865i, and 6867 i), and 9000i (9143i, 9480i, 94 80i CT ) Series SIP IP Phones. It als[...]

  • Страница 19

    Preface 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 xix Chapters and Ap pendices in this Guide This guide contains the following chapters and appendices: For Go to An overview of the IP Phones and the IP Phone firmware installation inf ormation Chapte r 1 IP Phone interface methods Chapte r 2 Administrator options informat ion Chapte r 3 Configuring the Network[...]

  • Страница 20

    1-1 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Chapter 1 Overview About this Cha pter This chapter briefly describes the IP Ph one Models , and pro vides info rmation about install ing the IP phone firm ware . It also describes the firmware and configuration files that the IP phone models use f or operation. T opics This chapter covers the following topics: To[...]

  • Страница 21

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1- 2 IP Phone Models Des cr ip t io n All Aastra SIP IP Pho ne Models communica te ov er an IP network allo wing y ou to rec eive and pl ace calls in the sa me man- ner as a regula r business teleph one. All phone models supp ort the Session Initiation Pro tocol (SIP). The 94 80i C T and 6757i CT offe[...]

  • Страница 22

    IP Phone Models 1-3 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 6865i 6867i 6863i Opti ons Directory Del ete Sav e M ut e Xfer Con f L2 L3 L1 C onf Serv ice s Xfer Icom Hold Red ia l Go odb ye Options 9480i C onf Serv ice s Xfer Icom Hold Red ia l Good by e Options 9480 i C T 9480i 9480i CT 9143i[...]

  • Страница 23

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1- 4 Optional Ac cessories 6700 Series The following are optional accessories specifical ly f or the 6700 i Series IP Phones. The following are optional accessories specifically fo r the 6731i, 6735i, 6737i, and 6739i IP Phones. The following are optional accessories specifically for the 6735i, 6737i,[...]

  • Страница 24

    IP Phone Models 1-5 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 M670i/M675i Expansion Modules Daisy-Chaining Sup port Refe ren ce F or more information about installing the 6700i W all Mount Ki t and setting up and using the expansion modules, see the 6700i W all Mount Kit Installation Guide , y our <Model-Specific> Installation Guide , as well as your &l[...]

  • Страница 25

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1- 6 6800i Series The following are optional accessories specifical ly f or the 6800 i Series IP Phones. The following are optional accessories specifical ly f or the 6865 i and 6867i IP Phones. The M680i module adds 16 additional softkeys to the 6865i and 6867i IP phones a nd pro vides paper labels f[...]

  • Страница 26

    IP Phone Models 1-7 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Model 6730i IP Phone This section provides brief information ab out the Model 6730i IP Phon e . It includes a list of featur es and describe s the hard keys on the 6730i. The 6730i is available with a symbo l keypad or a text keypad. 6730i Phone F eatures (S ymbol and T ext) • 3-line L CD screen [...]

  • Страница 27

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1- 8 6730i Symbol and T ex t K ey Descriptions* Symb ol Keys Te x t K e y s Key Descripti on Hold key - Place s an active call on h old. T o retriev e a he ld call, pr ess the call appearanc e button beside the light that is flashing. Redial key - Redials up to 100 previously dialed numbers. Pr essing[...]

  • Страница 28

    IP Phone Models 1-9 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 *See the Aastr a Model 6730i IP Phone User Guide for more in forma tion a bou t each of th ese k eys. Line/Call Appearance keys - Connect you to a line or call. The Aastra 6730i IP phone su pports 2 line keys, each with LED indicator lights. Additional lines (up to 6 in total) can be added to the p[...]

  • Страница 29

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-10 Model 6731i IP Phone This section provides brief info rmation about the M odel 6731i IP Phone. I t includes a list of features and describes the ha r d keys on the 6 731i. The 6731i is availabl e with a symbol keypad or a text keypad. 6731i Phone F eatures (S ymbol and T ex t) • 3-line L CD scr[...]

  • Страница 30

    IP Phone Models 1-11 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 6731i S ymbol and T ex t K ey Descriptions* Sym bol Keys Te x t K e y s Key Descri ption Hold key - Places an active call on hold. T o retrieve a he ld call, press th e call appearance button beside the light that is flashing. Redial key - R e d i a l s u p t o 1 00 p r e v io u s l y d ia l e d n[...]

  • Страница 31

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-12 *See th e Aastr a Model 6731i IP Phone User Guide f or more information about each of these keys. Line/Cal l Appear ance k ey s - Connect you to a line or call. The Aast ra 6731i IP phone supports 2 l ine keys , each with LED indicator lights. Additional lines (up to 6 in total) can be added to t[...]

  • Страница 32

    IP Phone Models 1-13 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Model 6735i IP Phone This section provides brief information ab out the Model 6735i IP Phon e . It includes a list of featur es, and describes the hard keys, default programmable key s, and de fault softkeys on the 6735i. Th e 6735i is available with a symbol keypad o r a text keypad. 6735i Phone [...]

  • Страница 33

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-14 6735i Symbol and T ex t K ey Descriptions* Symb ol Keys Te x t K e y s Key Descriptio n Goodbye k ey - Ends an active call. The Goodbye key also exits an open list, such as the Options List , without saving chan ges. Options key - A ccesses options to customize y our phone. Y our System A dminist[...]

  • Страница 34

    IP Phone Models 1-15 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 *See the Aastr a Model 6735i IP Phone User Guide for more in forma tion a bou t each of th ese k eys. Progr ammable k ey s - 6 T op keys: programmable har d keys (up to 6 programmable functions) By default, the top keys 1 thr ough 4 are assig ned as Ser vices , Directory , Call ers List, and Inter[...]

  • Страница 35

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-16 Model 6737i IP Phone This section provides brief information abou t the 6737i IP Phone. I t includes a list of features, and describes the h ard keys and default softk eys on the 6737i. The 6737i is available wi th a symbol keypad or a tex t keypad. 6737i Phone F eatures (S ymbol and T ex t) • [...]

  • Страница 36

    IP Phone Models 1-17 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 6737i S ymbol and T ex t K ey Descriptions* Sym bol Keys Te x t K e y s Key Des cri pt ion Goodbye key - Ends an active call. The Goodbye key also exits an open list , such as the Options List, without saving chang es. Options key - Acc esses options to customize your phone. Y o ur Sy stem Adminis[...]

  • Страница 37

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-18 *See th e Aastr a Model 6737i IP Phone User Guide f or more information about each of these keys. Navigation ke ys - P ressing the UP and DOWN arrow ke ys lets you view diff erent status and te xt messages on the L CD display (if ther e is more than 1 line of status /text messag es). These keys a[...]

  • Страница 38

    IP Phone Models 1-19 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Model 6739i IP Phone This section provides brief information ab out the Model 6391i IP Phon e . It includes a list of featur es and describe s the hard keys on the 6739i. The 6739i is available with a symbo l keypad or a text keypad. 6739i Phone F eatures (S ymbol and T ext) • Large 5.7” full [...]

  • Страница 39

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-20 6739i Symbol and T ex t K ey Descriptions* The foll owing table identifie s the keys on the key panel o f your 6739i IP phon e that you can use for handl ing calls. Y our phone may contain symbol ke ys or text keys, depending on wh ich Model 6739i phone you purchased. Symb ol Keys Te x t K e y s [...]

  • Страница 40

    IP Phone Models 1-21 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 *See the Aastra Model 6739i IP Phone User Guide for more inf ormation about each of these keys. Line/Call Appearanc e Ke ys - Connect you to a line or call. The Aastra 67 39i IP phone supports 3 l ine call appearan ce key s. Speakerphone/Headset Key - Activates hand sfree for maki ng and rece ivin[...]

  • Страница 41

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-22 Model 6753i IP Phone This section provides brief information ab out the Model 6753i IP Phone. It includes a list of features, and describes the hard keys and default programmable keys on the 6753i. The 6753i is available with a symbol keypad or a text keypad. 6753i Phone F eatures (S ymbol and T [...]

  • Страница 42

    IP Phone Models 1-23 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 6753i S ymbol and T ex t K ey Descriptions* Sym bol Keys Te x t K e y s Key Descriptio n Goodbye k ey - Ends an active call. Th e Goodbye key also exits an open list, such as the Options List, without saving changes. Options key - Accesse s options to customiz e your phone. Y our System Adminis tr[...]

  • Страница 43

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-24 *See th e Aastr a Model 6753i IP Phone User Guide f or more information about each of these keys. Navigation k eys - P ressing the UP and DOWN arrow keys lets you view differen t status and text messages on the LC D display (if there is more than 1 line of stat us/text messa ges). These keys als [...]

  • Страница 44

    IP Phone Models 1-25 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Model 6755i IP Phone This section provides brief information ab out the Model 6755i IP Phon e . It includes a list of featur es, and describes the hard keys, default programmable key s, and de fault softkeys on the 6755i. Th e 6755i is available with a symbol keypad o r a text keypad. 6755i Phone [...]

  • Страница 45

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-26 6755i Symbol and T ex t K ey Descriptions* Symb ol Keys Te x t K e y s Key De scrip tion Goodbye k ey - Ends an active call. T he Goodbye key also e xits an open list, such as the Options List, with- out saving changes. Options key - A ccesses options to customize your phone. Y our System Adminis[...]

  • Страница 46

    IP Phone Models 1-27 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 *See the Aastra Model 6755i IP Phone User Guide for more inf ormation about each of these keys. Programmable keys - 6 T op keys: programmable hard ke ys (up to 6 pr ogrammable functions) By default, the top keys 1 thr ough 4 are assigned as Services, Directory, Cal lers List, and Intercom, r espec[...]

  • Страница 47

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-28 Model 6757i and 6757i CT IP Phones This section provides brief information abou t the 6757i IP Phone. I t includes a list of features, and describes the h ard keys and default softk eys on the 6757i. The 6757i is available wi th a symbol keypad or a tex t keypad. 6757i and 6757i CT Phone Features[...]

  • Страница 48

    IP Phone Models 1-29 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 6757i and 6757i CT Symbol and T ext Key Descriptions* Sym bol Keys Te x t K e y s Key Descri ption Goodby e key - Ends an active call. The Goodbye key also exit s an open list, such as the Options List, with- out saving changes . Options ke y - Accesses options to customize your phone. Y our Syste[...]

  • Страница 49

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-30 *See th e Aastr a Model 6757i or 6757i CT IP Phone User Guide for more inf ormation about each of these keys. Navigation k ey s - Pressing the UP and DOWN arro w keys lets y ou view differen t status and text messages on the L CD display (if there is more than 1 line of status/text messages). The[...]

  • Страница 50

    IP Phone Models 1-31 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 6757i CT Cordless Handset Features • 5-line backlit display scr een • 2 multi-functi onal softkeys • Pr ogrammable func tion key suppor ts up to 14 functions • Vib rat io n Al er te r • Headset Jack • Desk charging stand 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 9 10 5 11 12 13 15 14 16[...]

  • Страница 51

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-32 6757i CT Cordless Handset K ey Descriptions Fun c tio n # Function Descriptio n 1 Receiver 2 Vo l um e ke y During Ringing: Adjusts ringer volume During a call: Adjusts r eceiver volume During text mode (not in a call): M ov es cursor right/left 3 Displ ay 4 Featur es ƒ Key Li st Access key to t[...]

  • Страница 52

    IP Phone Models 1-33 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Model 6863i IP Phone This section provides brief information ab out the Model 6863i IP Phon e . It includes a list of featur es and describe s the hard keys on the 6863i. 6863i Phone Fe atures • LC D s cr e e n • Built-in-two-por t, 10/100 F ast Et hernet switch - lets you share a connection w[...]

  • Страница 53

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-34 6863i K ey Description Key Description Navigation/Select Key s - P r es s i n g t h e U P a n d D O W N k e y s l e t s y o u v i e w d i f f e re nt s ta t u s a n d t e x t m e s sa g e s o n t h e L C D d i s p l a y (if there is mor e than 1 line of status/text messages). These bu tt ons also[...]

  • Страница 54

    IP Phone Models 1-35 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Model 6865i IP Phone This section provides brief information ab out the Model 6865i IP Phon e . It includes a list of featur es and describe s the hard keys on the 6865i. 6865i Phone Fe atures • L CD screen with backlight • Built-in-two -port, 10/100/100 0 Gigabit Ethernet switch - lets you sh[...]

  • Страница 55

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-36 6865i K ey Description Key Description Goodbye K ey - Ends an active call. The Goodbye key also exits an open list, such as the Options List, without saving changes. Hold Key - Pl aces an active call on hold . T o retrieve a held ca ll, pres s the call appearance button beside the light that is f[...]

  • Страница 56

    IP Phone Models 1-37 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Speaker/Headset Key - T ransf ers the active call to the speaker or headset, all owing handsfr ee use of the phone. Programmable Keys - When programmed, allows you to easily per form up to 8 s pecific functio ns (e.g. Serv ices, Directory, Callers List, Intercom, etc ...) and access enhanced servi[...]

  • Страница 57

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-38 Model 6867i IP Phone This section provides brief info rmation about the M odel 6867i IP Phone. I t includes a list of features and describes the ha r d keys on the 68 67i. 6867i Phone F eatures • 3.5” QVGA color TFT L CD with backlight • Built-in-two -port, 10 /100/1000 Gigabit Ethernet swi[...]

  • Страница 58

    IP Phone Models 1-39 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 6867i K ey Description Key Descri ption Goodbye Ke y - Ends an active call. The Goodbye key also exits an open list, such as the Options List, without saving changes. Hold Key - Places an ac tive call on hold. T o retrieve a held call , press the call appearance button beside the light that is fla[...]

  • Страница 59

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-40 Pres ence K ey - A ccesses the partial and full contact presence in formation screens, which provide more detailed infor- mation about the selected contac t. Left Softk ey s - 6 pr ogramable keys that allow you to easily per for m up to 20 specific functions and access enhanced services provided [...]

  • Страница 60

    IP Phone Models 1-41 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Model 9143i IP Phone This section provides brief information ab out the Model 9143i IP Phon e . It includes a list of featur es and describe s the hard keys on the 9143i. 9143i Phone Fe atures • 3-line L CD screen • 3 call appearance lines with LEDs • 7 programmable keys • Pr ess-and-Hold [...]

  • Страница 61

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-42 9143i Symbol and T ex t K ey Descriptions* Te x t K e y s Symb ol Keys Ke y D esc rip ti on Navigation K eys - P ressing the UP and DOWN arrow keys lets you view di ff erent status and text messages on the L CD display (if ther e is more than 1 line of status/text messages). These k eys also let [...]

  • Страница 62

    IP Phone Models 1-43 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 *See the Aastr a Model 9143i IP Phone User Guide for more in forma tion a bou t each of th ese k eys. Handsfree Key - Activates Handsfree for making and receiving calls witho ut lifting the handset. When the audio mode option is set, this key is used to switch between a headset and the handsfree s[...]

  • Страница 63

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-44 Model 9480i and 9480i CT IP Phones This section provides brief information ab out the Models 94 80i and 9480i CT IP Phones. It includes a list of fea tures and describes the hard keys on these models. 9480i and 9480i CT Phone Features • 5-line graphica l L CD screen w ith large back lit display[...]

  • Страница 64

    IP Phone Models 1-45 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 9480i and 9480i CT K ey Descriptions* Keys Key Des cri pt ion Goodbye key - Ends an active call. The Goodbye key also exits an open list, such as the Options List, withou t saving chang es. Options key - Acc esses options to customize your phone. Y o ur Sy stem Administrat or may hav e already cus[...]

  • Страница 65

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-46 *See th e Aastr a 9480i and 9480i CT User Guides for more information about each of these keys . Icom key - Begins an inte rcom call to a remote extension and answers incoming inter com calls. The 9480i and 9480i C T IP Phones also have default softkey 4 configured as Icom . Services k ey - Di sp[...]

  • Страница 66

    IP Phone Models 1-47 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 9480i CT Cordless Handset Features • 5-line backlit display scr een • 2 multi-functi onal softkeys • Pr ogrammable func tion key suppor ts up to 14 functions • Vib rat io n Al er te r • Headset Jack • Desk charging stand 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 9 10 5 11 12 13 15 14 16[...]

  • Страница 67

    IP Phone Models 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-48 9480i CT Cordless Handset K ey Descriptions* *See th e Aastr a Model 9480i CT IP Phone User Guide for more inf ormation abou t each of thes e keys . Fun c tio n # Function Descriptio n 1 Receiver 2 Vo l um e ke y During Ringing: Adjusts ringer volume During a call: Adjusts r eceiver volume During[...]

  • Страница 68

    Firmware Installation Information 1-49 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 F irmw ar e Installation Inf orma tion Description The firmware setup and installation for the IP phone can be done using any of the f ollowing: • Phone User Inter face via the ke ypad (Phone UI) • Aastra W eb-based user interface (Aastra W eb UI) When the IP phone is initial[...]

  • Страница 69

    Firmware and Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-50 F irm ware and C onfigura tion F iles Des cr ip t io n By default on star tup, the p hone downloads its firmware and configuration fil es fr om the configuration ser ver you have set; or you can ma nually downlo ad the firmwa re fro m the configura tion server . The phone support[...]

  • Страница 70

    Firmware and Configuration Files 1-51 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Ref ere nce F or more information about loading la nguage files and using the var ious languages on the IP phone, see Cha pter 5, the section, “Language” on page5-38 . Configur ation F ile Precedenc e Aastra IP phones can accept three sources of configuration data: • The [...]

  • Страница 71

    Firmware and Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-52 Multiple Configur ation Ser ver Suppor t An Administrator has the option of specifying whether the ph on es get their firm war e file , directory files , language packs , TLS cer tificat e files, 802.1x certificate files, and HTTPS files from the original configuration server or [...]

  • Страница 72

    Firmware and Configuration Files 1-53 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Specifying a Server to Do wnload Fi rmw are F iles Y ou can use the following par ameter to spec ify a server othe r than the original configur ation server from which the phones get their firmware : • firmw are server Director y Files , Language P acks, TLS Certificat es, 802.1[...]

  • Страница 73

    Firmware and Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 1-54 Specifying a Server Usin g Existing Par ameters on the I P Phones The foll owing table pro vides the parameter s on the phone that you can use to down load director y files, language packs, TLS cer tificates , 802.1x cer tificates , and HT TPS files from the or iginal configurati[...]

  • Страница 74

    Firmware and Configuration Files 1-55 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 The f ollowing exampl e downloads a co mpany dir ectory file from the specified server in the “ path ” dir ectory : directory 1: tftp://10.30.102.158/path/comp anylist. csv Languag e P ack F ile s The f ollowing exampl e downloads no la nguage pack file: language 1: The f ollo[...]

  • Страница 75

    41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 2-1 Chapter 2 Configuration Interface Methods About this Chapter This chapter de scribes th e methods y ou, as an A dministra tor , can use to configur e the IP phones . To p i c s This chapter covers the following topics: Note: F eatures , characteristics, requirements , and configuration th at ar e specific to a par[...]

  • Страница 76

    Configuration Methods 2-2 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 C onfiguration Methods Description Y ou can use the follo wing to setup and configure the IP phone: • IP phone UI • Aastra W eb UI • Configuration files The following paragraphs describe each me thod of configuring the IP Phone . IP Phone UI The IP Phone User Inter face (UI) provides an[...]

  • Страница 77

    Configuration Methods 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 2- 3 The following illustrations indicate the location of t he Options Key on each phon e model. 9480i/9480i CT 9480i C T Handset 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 9 10 5 11 12 13 15 14 16 Options K ey Options Ke y 9143i Xfer Conf L2 L3 L1 Options Save Delete Directory Mute ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 [...]

  • Страница 78

    Configuration Methods 2-4 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 6753i 6755i 6757i/6757i CT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 9 10 5 11 12 13 15 14 16 Options K ey Options K ey Options K ey 6730i 6731i 6739i 6757i CT Handset 6735i 6737i[...]

  • Страница 79

    Configuration Methods 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 2- 5 Using the Options K ey F rom the C T handse ts: 1. Press the Opti ons key on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Use the 5 and 2 to scroll through the list of options. 3. On 3-line L CD phones: T o select an option, press the Enter softkey, the button (if applicable), or select the numb[...]

  • Страница 80

    Configuration Methods 2-6 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Using the Options K ey on the 6739i Using the Options K ey on the 6867i Aastra W e b UI An administra tor can setu p and configur e the IP phone using the Aastr a W eb UI . T he Aastra W eb UI supports Internet Explorer and Gecko engine -based browsers like F irefo x, Mozilla or Netscape. 1. [...]

  • Страница 81

    Configuration Methods 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 2- 7 HT TP/HTTPS Sup por t The Aastra Web UI suppor ts both Hyper text T ransfer P rotocol (HT TP) and Hyper text T ransfer P rotocol over Secure Socket Layer (HT TPS) client and ser v er protocols. HT TP is the set of rules for transferring files (text, graphic images, sound, video, an d other [...]

  • Страница 82

    Configuration Methods 2-8 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Authentication Suppor t for HTTP/HT TPS Download Meth ods for Broadsoft Client Mana gement S ystem (CMS) The IP Phones have authentication sup port as referenced in RFC 2617 wh en using HT TP or HT TPS as download proto - cols. If a 5i Ser ies phone is challenged by an HT TP o r HTTP S server[...]

  • Страница 83

    Configuration Methods 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 2- 9 Acc essing the Aastra W eb UI Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to access the Aastra W eb UI. 1. Open your web br owser and ent er the phone’ s IP address or host name into the address field. The following is an example of the Login screen that displays. IP address or host name[...]

  • Страница 84

    Configuration Methods 2-10 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Depending on the mode l phone you are accessing , the following categories display in the side menu of the Aastra Web UI: Sta tus, Oper ation, Basic Settings, A dvanc ed Settings . Status The Status section displays the network sta tus and the MAC addr e ss of the IP phone. It also displays [...]

  • Страница 85

    Configuration Methods 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 2-11 Operat ion The Operatio n section provides the f ollowing options: Heading Description User Password Allows you to change us er password. (Applicable to User and Administrator) Phone Lock Allows y ou to ass ign an emer gency dial plan to the p hone, lock the phone to p revent any change s t[...]

  • Страница 86

    Configuration Methods 2-12 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Basic Settings The Basic Settings section provides the following options: Heading Description Pref erenc es All ows you t o set the follo wing General specifications on the IP phone. • Local Dial Plan (Admin Only) • Send Dial Plan T erminator (A dmin On ly) • Digit Timeout (Admin Only)[...]

  • Страница 87

    Configuration Methods 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 2-13 Adv anced Settings ( Applicable to A dministrator Only) The Adva nced Set tin gs sec tion provides the f ollowing options: Heading Description Network Allows you to set Basic Network Settings, Advanced Ne twork Settings, HTTPS Settings, Type of Service DSCP , and VLAN settings. Global SIP A[...]

  • Страница 88

    Configuration Methods 2-14 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Enabling/Disabling the Aastra W eb UI The Aastra W eb UI is enable d b y default o n the IP phones. A Syst em Administrat or can disabl e the Aastr a W eb UI on a sin - gle phone or on al l phones if r equ ired using the configuration files . System A dministrators can also disable Us ers ab[...]

  • Страница 89

    Configuration Methods 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 2-15 Locking Parameters in the Configuration File The IP Phones allow you to lock individua l configuration parameters to prevent an end user fr om changing the configura- tion on the ph one. This feature allows service providers to prevent the en d-user from changin g the values of specif ic pa[...]

  • Страница 90

    Configuration Methods 2-16 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 As an example, the follo wing ta ble describes how the parameter “ sip pro xy ip ” is handled by the phone dur ing phone bootup when eith er the “ ^ “ (default parameter) is used or the “ ! “ (locked parameter) is used. Example 1 The following example illustrates the use of the ?[...]

  • Страница 91

    Configuration Methods 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 2-17 With this configuration, on the W eb UI, the " sip pr o xy ip " and " sip registr ar ip ” parameters cannot be modified (they are grayed out), and the value is "pb x.aastra.com" since <model>.cfg has overwritten aastra.cfg . The " sip pro xy port "[...]

  • Страница 92

    3-1 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Chapter 3 Administrator Options About this Cha pter The IP phones pr ovide specific options on the IP Phone that on ly an Administr ator can a ccess . These optio ns are pass- word protected and allow an Administrator to change or set features and configuration information as required. F or all models, an Administ[...]

  • Страница 93

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3- 2 A dministra tor Le v el Options Des cr ip t io n There are options on the IP ph one that both a User and Administrator can access. However , there are specific options that an Administr ator ca n access on ly . T hese options all ow the A dmi nistrator to configure and manage local a[...]

  • Страница 94

    Administrator Level Options 3-3 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 The 6867i has an “ Advanced” softkey , which when pressed gives access to the Administra tor options. The following are administrator options in the " Op tio ns Li st " on the 6739i and 6867i: • Adv anced Menu – Configuration Server – SIP Settings – Network Setting[...]

  • Страница 95

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3- 4 Simplified IP Phone UI Options Menu An Administrator can replace the existing options menu on th e Phone UI with a more simplif ied options menu . In the con- figuration files, the “ options simple menu ” paramet er allows you to displa y either the full menu (if set to 0), or th[...]

  • Страница 96

    Administrator Level Options 3-5 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 For the 6867i: Configuring the Si mplified IP Phone UI Options Men u Y ou can enable the simplified IP Phon e UI Opti ons menu using the c onfigurations files only . Ful l O pt ion s M en u Simplified Options Menu Language Removed Time and Date Removed Call Forward Call Forward Lock Loc[...]

  • Страница 97

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3- 6 Aastra W eb UI O ptions An Administrat or can configure specific options using the Aast ra W eb UI. These options displa y after an Administrator logs into the W eb UI using a W eb browser and entering the A dmi n username and password at the login prom pt ( The default username is &[...]

  • Страница 98

    Administrator Level Options 3-7 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 • Basic Settings->Pref erenc es->Ke y Mapping • Basic Settings->Preferenc es->Priority Alerting S ettings • Basic Settings->Pref erenc es->Directed Cal l Pickup Settings • Basic Settings->Pr eferenc es->Aut o Call Distri bution Settings • Basic Settings[...]

  • Страница 99

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3- 8 Configur ation F ile Options An Administrator can enter specific parame ters in the configurat ion files to con figure the IP phones. Al l paramete rs in con- figuration files ca n only be set by an administr ator . Refe rence s F or a procedure on using the configura tion files, see[...]

  • Страница 100

    Administrator Level Options 3-9 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Phone Status for 6867i IP Phone • Fir mwa re In fo – Displays information about the firmware and boot ve rsion that is currently installed on the IP phone. • Network – IP Address – Displays the IP address of the phone . – MAC A ddress – Displays the MAC addr ess of the pho[...]

  • Страница 101

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-10 The following is a description of th e information on the Status screen: • Network Status – Displays the network status of the Ethernet por ts at the ba ck of the phone. Y ou can also view the phone ’ s IP and MAC addresses. Information in this field includes Link Stat e, Negot[...]

  • Страница 102

    Administrator Level Options 3-11 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Restarting Y our Phone As Sy stem Admin istrator , there may be times when y ou need to restart a phone. Th e Restart option allows you re boot the phone when r equired . A rese t may be nece ssary when: • There is a change in your network , OR • T o re -load modified configuration[...]

  • Страница 103

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-12 Restarting the Phone Using the Aastra W eb UI Aastra W eb UI 1. Click on Operation->Reset->Ph one . 2. Click Restart to restart the phone.[...]

  • Страница 104

    Administrator Level Options 3-13 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Set Phone to F ac tory De f aults/Erase L ocal C onfiguration Y ou can set phones to their factory default setting or remov e a local phone ’ s configuration using the IP P hone UI or the Aastra W eb UI. Setting F actor y Defa ults on the Phone F a ctory default sett ings ar e the se[...]

  • Страница 105

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-14 Settings Factory Defaults Using the Aastra W eb UI Erasing the Phone’ s Local Configuration Y ou can r eset the IP Phon e ’ s local configur at ion if required . The local configuratio n is the last updated configuration yo u per formed using the IP Phone UI or the Aastra W eb UI[...]

  • Страница 106

    Administrator Level Options 3-15 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Erasing the Phone’ s Local Configuration Using the Aastra W eb UI 4. Navigate to the Reset option and press the button or Se lect softkey . 5. Select Eras e Local Cfg . using the button or press the Select softkey . The phone immediately er ases the local configur ation on the phone [...]

  • Страница 107

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-16 Basic Settings An Administrat or has access to specific Basic Setting options to configure and manage the IP Phone in the net work. The follo wing sections iden tify the optio ns avai lable to a n Administr ator o nly , or where indica ted , to a User and Admini strator . These table[...]

  • Страница 108

    Administrator Level Options 3-17 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 XML Beep Suppor t Note: This option can be set by both Users and Administrators . xml beep notification Enables or disabl e s t h e p l a y i ng o f a b e ep t o i n di c a t e a s t a t u s on t h e p h on e . W he n t h e phone receives a status message, the BEEP notifies the use r t[...]

  • Страница 109

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-18 Call W aiting T one Per iod Note: This option can be set by an Administrator only. call waiting tone period Specifies the time period, in seco nds, that the call waiting tone is audible on an active call when another c all comes in. When enable d, the call waiting tone plays at regul[...]

  • Страница 110

    Administrator Level Options 3-19 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Incoming/Out going Intercom C alls The Incoming/Outgoin g Interc om Call settings on the IP Phone specify whether the IP phone or the server is responsible for notifying the recipient that an Intercom call is being placed. These settings also specify the prefix code for server-side Int[...]

  • Страница 111

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-20 Group Paging R TP Settings Ke y M a p p in g Para met er i n Aastra W eb UI Parameter in C onfiguration File s Description Pag ing Listen Addresses Note: This option can be set by both Users and Administrators. paging group listening Allows you to specify up to 5 listening multicast [...]

  • Страница 112

    Administrator Level Options 3-21 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Ring T o nes Priority Aler ting Settings Para met er i n IP Phone UI Para met er i n Aastra W eb UI Parameter in Configuration File s Description To n e S e t Note: This option can be set by both Users and A dministra- tors. T one Set tone set Globally sets a tone set for a specific co[...]

  • Страница 113

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-22 Auto Call Distribution alert auto call distribution When an "aler t -acd" keyword appears in the head er of the INVITE request, the con- figured Bellcore ring tone is applied to the IP phone. F or more information on this feature, see “Priority Aler ting” on page5-92[...]

  • Страница 114

    Administrator Level Options 3-23 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Directed Call Pickup Auto C all Distribution (A CD) Settings Para met er i n Aastra W eb UI Parameters in C onfigur ation File s Description Directed Call Pickup directed call pickup Enables or disables the use of "dir ected call pickup" fe ature. For mor e information on thi[...]

  • Страница 115

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-24 Tim e an d D ate Para met er i n IP Phone UI Parameter in Aastra W eb UI Parameters in Configu ra- tion Files Description Time Form at Note: This option can be set by both Users and Administra- tors. Time F ormat time format This parameter chan ges the time to 12 hour or 2 4 hour for[...]

  • Страница 116

    Administrator Level Options 3-25 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Live Dialpad Language Para met er i n IP Phone UI Pa ram eter in Aastra W eb UI Par ameters in C onfigur a- tion Files Description Live Dialpad Note: This option can be set by a User via the IP Phone UI and by an Ad ministra tor via t he IP Phone UI and the configu- ration files. N/A l[...]

  • Страница 117

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-26 Input Lan guage Note: This option can be set by both Users and Administrators. input lang uage Allows you to specify the language to use for inputs on the IP Phone. Entering a lan- guage value for this para meter allows users to enter text and characters in the IP Phone UI, Aas tra W[...]

  • Страница 118

    Administrator Level Options 3-27 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Ac count Configur ation The IP phones have a DND and CFWD feature that allows an A dministrator and User to configure “ d o not disturb ” and “ call forwarding” by account . Y ou can set specific modes fo r the way you want the phone to handle DND and CFWD. The three modes you [...]

  • Страница 119

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-28 Notification When Inc orrect Network Settings Entered If an Administrator enters incorrect network settings ov er the IP Phone UI or the Aastra We b UI, such as: • A 0.0.0.0 entered as values for the IP Address , Subnet Mask , and Ga te wa y par amete rs, • IP Address and Ga te w[...]

  • Страница 120

    Administrator Level Options 3-29 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Secondary DNS Secondary DNS dns2 A service that translates domain names into IP addresses. T o assign static DNS addresses , disable DHCP . Fo r more information, see “Configuring Network Settings Manually” on page4-18 . Hostname Hostname hostname Specifies the hostname DHCP Opt[...]

  • Страница 121

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-30 Advanced Net work Settin gs Para met er I n IP Phone UI Para met er i n Aastra We b UI Paramet ers in Configur ation Fil es Desc ription DHCP User Class N/A dhcp userclass Specifies the User Class DHCP Op tion 77 that the phone sends to the configuration ser ver wi th the DHCP Reques[...]

  • Страница 122

    Administrator Level Options 3-31 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 NA T RTP Port NA T RTP Port sip nat rtp port Indicates the port through which the RTP packets are sent. This value must specify the begi nning of the RTP port r ange on the gateway or router . The RTP port is used for sending DTMF tones and f or the audio stream. Y our network administ[...]

  • Страница 123

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-32 HT TPS Settings Advanced Network Settings includes HT TPS settings fo r the IP Phones . N/A TUR N P assword si p turn pass Password that a user must enter whe n accessing an a ccount on the TURN server . Note: The NA T IP configuration parameters take precedence over the STUN and TUR[...]

  • Страница 124

    Administrator Level Options 3-33 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Cert Validation Validate Certificates https validate certificates En ables or disables the HT TPS vali dation of certificates on the phone. When thi s parameter is set to 1, the HT TPS client per- forms validation on SSL certi ficates bef ore accepting them. Notes: • If you ar e usin[...]

  • Страница 125

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-34 T ype of S ervice (T oS), DSCP Advanc ed Network Settings include T ype of Ser vic e ( T oS) and Differentia ted Services Code P oint (DSCP) f or the IP pho nes. VLAN Y ou can enable or disable VLAN and set specific VLAN IDs and pr iorities under Network Settings. Para met er I n IP [...]

  • Страница 126

    Administrator Level Options 3-35 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 SIP Settings The f ollowing para graphs desc ribe the SIP paramete rs you can conf igure on the IP phon e. SIP configu ration co nsists of configuring: • Basic SIP Authentication Settings • Basic SIP Network Settings • Advanc ed SIP settings • RTP Se ttings • Aut od ial Setti[...]

  • Страница 127

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-36 Basic SIP Authentication Settings Para met er I n IP Phone UI Param eter in Aastra W eb UI Parame ters in Conf iguration File s Descrip tion Screen Name Screen Name (Global and Per-Line) sip screen name (global) sip lineN screen name (per -line) Name that displays on the idle scr een[...]

  • Страница 128

    Administrator Level Options 3-37 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Basic SIP Network Settings Para met er I n IP Phone UI Param ete r in Aastra W eb UI P aramet ers in C onfigura tion Fil es Description Proxy Ser ver Proxy Ser ver (Global and P er-Line) sip proxy ip (global) sip lineN proxy ip (per-line) IP address of the SIP pro xy ser v er . Up t o [...]

  • Страница 129

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-38 Adv anced SIP Settings In addition to the basic SIP settings, you can also c onfigur e the foll owing advanc ed SIP paramet ers. T hese paramet ers may be configurable via the Aastra Web UI and/or the configuration files. Registrar Port Regist rar P ort (Gl obal a nd Per-L ine ) sip [...]

  • Страница 130

    Administrator Level Options 3-39 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 N/A sip missed call summar y subscrip- tion period Specifies the amount of time, in seconds , that the phone uses the Missed C a l l s S u m m a r y S u b s c r i p t i o n f e a t u r e. T h i s p a r a m e t e r i s a l w a ys e n a b l e d w i t h a default value of 86400 seconds . [...]

  • Страница 131

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-40 T ransport Protocol sip transport protocol The protocol that the IP phone uses to send out SIP messages. Notes: • If you set the value of this parameter to 4 ( TLS), the phone checks to see if the “ sips persistent tls ” is enabled. If it is enabled , the phone uses P er- siste[...]

  • Страница 132

    Administrator Level Options 3-41 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Registration Renewal Timer sip registration renewal timer T he thre shold value, in seconds, prior to expiration, that the phone re new s registrations. The phone will aut omatica lly send registration r enewals half- way through the registration period, unless half-way is more than th[...]

  • Страница 133

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-42 RTP Set ting s Y ou can configure the following RTP settings. Whitelist Proxy sip whitelist This parameter enables/ disables the whitelist pr oxy feature , as follow s: • Set to 0 to disable the feature. • Set to 1 to enable the feature. When this feature is enabled, an IP phone [...]

  • Страница 134

    Administrator Level Options 3-43 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Codec Preference List Y ou can configure the following codec prefer ence list settings. Autodial Settings Y ou can configure the f ollowing Autodial settings. Para met er I n IP Phone UI Param ete r in Aastra W eb UI P ara meters in C onfig urati on File s Description N/A Basic Codecs [...]

  • Страница 135

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-44 Line Settings An administrator can configure multiple lines on the IP phone with the sa me SIP network configuration (global) or a differ- ent SIP network configur ation (per -line). T he follow ing table pro vides the number of lines a vailable f or each IP phone model. On the IP Ph[...]

  • Страница 136

    Administrator Level Options 3-45 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Softke ys, P rogrammable K eys, Expansion Module K eys A user or administra tor can assi gn specific functions to softkeys, progr ammable keys, or expansion module keys. The available keys for configuration depend on the IP ph one model as shown in the following table. *The M670i expan[...]

  • Страница 137

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-46 Refe rence F or more information about key funct ions see Appendix A, the sec tion, “Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Featur e Key/Expansion Module Ke y/Hard Key P arame ters ” on page A-156. F or information about configuring softke ys, programmable key s, and expansion modu [...]

  • Страница 138

    Administrator Level Options 3-47 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Polling A ction URIs Another way to reach a pho ne behind a NA T/firewall is to have the phone make an XML call at periodic intervals. An Administrator can use the action uri poll to command the phone to per form an XML call at configurable intervals. An Admini strator can specify the [...]

  • Страница 139

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-48 Alternate TFTP Alternate TFTP alternate tftp server The alte rnate TFTP server ’ s IP a ddr ess or qualified domain name. This will become effective after this configuration file has been downloaded into the phone. Fo r more information, see Chapter 4 , “Configuration Server Prot[...]

  • Страница 140

    Administrator Level Options 3-49 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 HT TP Ser ver HTTP Server http server The HT TP server’ s IP addr ess. This wil l become effe ctive after this configuration file has been downloaded into the phone. Opti ona l: Y ou can also assign an HT TP relative path to the HT TP server . See the nex t parameter (http path). F o[...]

  • Страница 141

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-50 Auto-Resync Settings N/A Mode auto resync mode Enables and disables the phone to be updated automatically once a day at a specific time in a 24-hour period. This param- eter works with TFTP , FTP , and HTTP ser vers. Notes: • If a user is accessing the Aastra Web UI, they are not i[...]

  • Страница 142

    Administrator Level Options 3-51 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Fi rmwa re U pd at e Fea t ur es The IP phones suppor t the protocols , TFTP , FTP , HT TP or HT TPS to download configuration files and upgrade firmware to the phones fr om a configura tion server . Y ou can download the firmware stored on the co nfiguration server in one of three way[...]

  • Страница 143

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-52 NA NA sip persistent tls keep aliv e Allow s you to c onfigure the k eep-alive featur e for persistent TLS c onnec- tions only . When this fe ature is configur ed, the phone will send ke ep-alive pings to the pro xy server at configured intervals. The keep-alive featur e for per sist[...]

  • Страница 144

    Administrator Level Options 3-53 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 N/A P rivate Key F ilename sips private ke y Allows y ou to specify a P rivate Key file to use when the phone use s the TLS transport protocol to setup a call. This parameter is required when conf iguring TLS (optional for P ersistent TLS.) Note: The key file must use the f ormat “ .[...]

  • Страница 145

    Administrator Level O ptions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 3-54 802.1x Sup por t The IP phones support the IEEE 802.1x P rotoc ol. The 802.1x P rot ocol is a standar d for passing Extensible Authentication Pr otoco l (EAP) ov er a wired or wireless L ocal Ar ea Network (LA N). The 802.1x Protocol on the IP phone facilitates media-level access con[...]

  • Страница 146

    Administrator Level Options 3-55 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 T roubleshooting The T roubleshooting feature in the Aastra Web UI pr ovides tasks that a system administ r ator ca n perform on the IP phones for troubleshooting purpose s . Using this feature, a system administrator can: • Assign an IP addr ess and IP por t to wh ich log inf ormati[...]

  • Страница 147

    41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 4-1 Chapter 4 Configuring Network and Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) Features About this Chapter This chapter provides the information r equired to configur e the Netw ork and Global SIP feat ures on th e IP Phone . These featu res ar e passwor d protecte d on the IP Phone UI and the Aastr a W eb UI. This ch apter [...]

  • Страница 148

    Overview 4-2 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Ov ervie w An administr ator can c onfigure the IP Phone Network and SIP op tions from th e phone UI, fro m the Aastra W eb UI, or the configur ation files . A dministrator level options are password pr otecte d in both the IP phone UI and the Aastra Web UI. The procedur es in this sec tion include config[...]

  • Страница 149

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4- 3 Network Settings This section describes the basic net work settings on the IP phon e which include configuring for: • DHCP • IP Address (of phone) • Subnet Mask (of phone) • Gat ewa y • Pri ma ry DN S • Sec ond ary D NS • Hostname • LAN P ort • P C Po r t Pas s Th ru E na b le [...]

  • Страница 150

    Network Settings 4-4 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Enabling/Disabling DHCP U sing the Configuration Files Use the f ollowing pr ocedur e to enable/disabl e DHCP on the phone using the c onfiguration files. Enabling/Disabling DHCP Using the IP Phone UI Use the f ollowing pr ocedur e to enable/disa ble DHCP on the phone using the IP Phone UI. Config[...]

  • Страница 151

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4- 5 Enabling/Disabli ng DHCP Using the Aastra W eb UI Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to enable/disable DHCP usin g the Aastra W eb UI. DHCP Options 60, 66, and 43 Ser v er Configurations Option 66 The IP Phones suppor t download protocols as referenced in RFC2131 and RFC1 541 ( TFTP , FTP , HT TP ,.[...]

  • Страница 152

    Network Settings 4-6 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Option 43 consists of the following sub- options: The Syst em administrator can use the V endor Class Identifier to send the phone a customized Ser ver C onfiguration in option 43 ( Vendor-Sp ecific information). Using Option 43 to Customize the IP Phone A System Administrator can customize the IP[...]

  • Страница 153

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4- 7 Linu x Ex ample A Syst em Administr ator can enter the follo wing in the DH CP server: option space AastraIPPhone57i ; option AastraIPPhone57i.cfg-serve r-name code 02 = text; option space AastraIPPhone57iCT ; option AastraIPPhone57iCT.cfg-ser ver-name code 02 = text; Subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask [...]

  • Страница 154

    Network Settings 4-8 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Option 43 Redirec tion and Configuration Se rver (RCS) Bypass DHCP Option 43 includes the ability to bypass contacting A ast ra 's Redirection and Configuration Ser ver (RCS), in addi- tion to the previous support of setting the configuration ser ver to contact. A sub- option code 3 uses a bo[...]

  • Страница 155

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4- 9 • If Line 2 is configured with a valid outbound proxy , the phone will retain the configured Line 2 outbound proxy and ignore the Global SIP profile. This allows for Line 2 to be r egistered to another se rvice with a nother outbound proxy if requ ired. • If Line 2 is configured f or another[...]

  • Страница 156

    Network Settings 4-10 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring Option 43 to T ransfer VL AN ID Assignment on a Linux DHCP Server The f ollowing ex ample (co vering all the phones) illu strate s how to co nfigure Op tion 43 to tran sfer VLAN ID assignment on a Linux DHC P server . option space AastraIPPhone; option AastraIPPhone.cfg-se rver-name c[...]

  • Страница 157

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-11 Configuring DHCP Option 12 Hostname on the IP Phone Use the fo llowing pr ocedur es to conf igure DHCP Option 12 Hostname on the IP Phone . Conf iguration F i les For specific parameters y ou can set in the conf iguration files, see Appendix A, the sec tion, “DHCP Option Settin gs” on page?[...]

  • Страница 158

    Network Settings 4-12 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Using Option 77 User Class on the IP Phone DHCP Option 77 User Class is sent in DHCP request packets from the phone to the configuration server . This Option 77 defines specific User Class identifiers to convey inf ormation about a phone’ s soft war e configura tion or about its user' s pr[...]

  • Страница 159

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-13 Using Options 159 and 160 on the IP Phone In addition to DHCP options 43 and 66 already supported on t he IP Phones, the phones also sup port DHCP Options 159 and 160. The IP Phones use the following order of precedence when deriving the configuratio n server parameters: 43, 160, 159, 66. In add[...]

  • Страница 160

    Network Settings 4-14 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 3. Select Netw ork Settings . 4. Select DHCP Settings . 5. Select Download Options . The following list displays: • Any (defau lt) - no o verride - uses normal precedence order of 43, 160, 159, 6 6 . • Option 43 • Option 66 • Option 159 • Option 160 • Disabled (Ignores all DHCP config[...]

  • Страница 161

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-15 Configuration S erver Download Precedence An Administrator can set the phone ’ s download precedence to ignore DHCP , (only during the boot when the remote configuration server is contacted) and use the following prec edence inste ad: T o configure the downlo ad prece dence , you use the optio[...]

  • Страница 162

    Network Settings 4-16 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring a Download Precedence Using the IP Phone UI Use the following procedure to configure a downlo ad precedence using the IP Phone UI. IP Phone UI 1. Press Options , and then select A dministrator Menu . 2. Enter you Administr ator passw ord and pres s Ent er . 3. Select Netw ork Settings[...]

  • Страница 163

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-17 Configuring a Download Precedence Using the Aastr a W eb UI Use the f ollowing pr ocedur e to conf igure a downl oad prec edence using the Aastra W eb UI. Multiple DHC P Ser v ers The IP Phones can receiv e message s from multiple DHCP ser vers. After the ph one receiv es its first DHCP me ssage[...]

  • Страница 164

    Network Settings 4-18 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring Network Settings Manual ly If you disable DHCP on your phone, you need to configure the following network settings ma nually: • IP Address • Subnet Mask • Gat ewa y • Pri mar y DNS • Secondary DNS Y ou can configure the network set tings using the configuration files , the I[...]

  • Страница 165

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-19 For the 6739i: Note: T o manually configure DHCP parameters, DHCP must be disabled on the phone. 1. Press the Opti ons key on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Press Adv ance d . A keyboard displa ys. 3. Enter the Administrator password using the keyboard . Default is “ 22222 ”. 4. Pre[...]

  • Страница 166

    Network Settings 4-20 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring LAN and PC Port Negotiation Ethernet is the c omputer netw orking technology f or local ar ea networks (LAN s). Y ou use th e LAN P or t to connect to a LAN using a twisted pair 10BASE- T cable to transmit 10BASE- T Ethe rnet. Y ou use the P C P ort to connec t to the configura- tion [...]

  • Страница 167

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-21 Half-Duplex (10Mbps , 100Mbps, or 1000Mbps) Half-duplex data transmission me ans that data can be transmit ted in both directions on a signal carrier , but not at the same time. For example , on a LAN using a technology t hat ha s half-duplex transmission, one device can send data on the line an[...]

  • Страница 168

    Network Settings 4-22 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 9. Select a negotiation method to use on por t 1and press Done . V alid values are: • AutoN egotiat ion • Fu ll 10Mbps • Full 100Mbps • Full 1000Mbps (applicable for the 6739i, 673 5i, 6737, 6865i, and 6867i IP phones only) • Half 10Mbps • Half 100Mbps • Half 1000Mbps (appli cable f[...]

  • Страница 169

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-23 For the 6867i: 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Press the Advance d softkey . 3. Enter the Administrator password using the keypad . Default is “ 22222 ”. 4. Select Network > Ethe rnet Ports . 5. With LAN P ort highlighted, press the right navigation key and selec t a n[...]

  • Страница 170

    Network Settings 4-24 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Adv a nc ed Network Settings Y ou can set advanced network settings on the IP phone such as, Netw ork Address T ranslation (NA T ), Netw ork Time P ro- toco l (NTP) Time Ser v ers , Virtual LAN ( VLAN), a nd Quality of Ser vic e (QoS) using the Aastra Web UI or the configuration files. Network Ad[...]

  • Страница 171

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-25 SBC or AL G Pro xy/Registrar The phone at IP address 10.1 0.10.20 is configured to register with the proxy at 63.251.195.20. Because the proxy/registrar has session border contr ol (SBC) or application lay er gatewa y (AL G) functionality , no additional IP phone c onfiguration is requ ired. Oth[...]

  • Страница 172

    Network Settings 4-26 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 IP Phone UI 1. Pre ss on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Administr ator Menu. 3. Enter your Admin istrator password. Note: The IP Phone s accept numeri c passwords only. 4. Select Network Settings. 5. Select Static NA T . 6. Select NA T IP . 7. Enter a public IP address of your NA [...]

  • Страница 173

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-27 SIP and TLS Sour ce P orts for NA T T raversa l A System Administra tor can confi gure the SIP and TLS sour ce ports on the IP Phone . Pr eviously , the IP phone used default values ( 5060 for U DP/TCP and 5061 f or TLS). The tw o new parameters f or configurin g the SIP and TLS source po r ts a[...]

  • Страница 174

    Network Settings 4-28 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 If you enable NA T , the phone uses the NA T por t number (and NA T IP address) in the Via and Contact SIP headers of SIP messages, but still use the configured sour ce port. Configuring SIP and TLS Source Po rts Using the Configuration Files Y ou use the following par ameters t o configur e SIP [...]

  • Страница 175

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-29 Configuring SIP and TLS Source Ports Using the Aastra W eb UI Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to configur e SIP and TLS sourc e ports using the Aastra We b UI. STUN and TURN Protocols The IP phones support the following audio-path NA T T ra versal fea tures: • Simple T raversal of Us er Datagra[...]

  • Страница 176

    Network Settings 4-30 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 STUN is a prot ocol that al lows the IP ph ones on a network t o discov er the prese nce and types of NA T s and firewalls between them and the public Internet. I t also provides the ability for the phones to determine the public IP addresses allocat ed to them by the NA T . STUN works with man y[...]

  • Страница 177

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-31 Configuring STUN and TURN Servers Using the Aastra W eb UI Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to conf igure STUN and TURN servers in your network using the Aastra Web UI. Note: The NA T IP configuration parameter ta kes precedence over the STUN and TURN parameters. Aastr a W eb UI 1. Click o n Adv a[...]

  • Страница 178

    Network Settings 4-32 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Interactive Connect ivity Establishment (ICE) Sup por t The phones now support the I n teractive Connectivity Establis hment (ICE) Protoc ol. ICE makes use of the Session T raver- sal Utilities for NA T (STUN) protocol and its extension, T raver sal Using Rela y NA T ( TURN). In an ICE environmen[...]

  • Страница 179

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-33 Reference T o configure STUN and TU RN (which automatically enable s ICE), see “Configuring STUN and TURN Servers Using the Con- figuration F iles ” on page4-30 and “ Configuring STUN and TURN Ser vers Using the Aastra W eb UI” on page4-31 . HT TPS Client/Server Configuration HT TP[...]

  • Страница 180

    Network Settings 4-34 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 IP Phone UI 1. Pre ss on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Administr ator Menu. 3. Enter your Admin istrator password. Note: The IP Phone s accept numeri c passwords only. 4. Select Configuration Server . 5. Select HTTPS Settings. Con fig ure H TT PS C lien t 6. Select HTTPS Client. [...]

  • Страница 181

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-35 For 6739i: For 6867i: IP Phone UI 1. Press the Opti ons key on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Press Adv ance d . A keyboard displa ys. 3. Enter the Administrator password using the keyboard . Default is “ 22222 ”. 4. Press Cfg. Sv r . 5. Press HTTPS . Configu re HTTPS Client 6. Pres[...]

  • Страница 182

    Network Settings 4-36 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 HT TPS Server Certificate V a lidation The HTTPS client on the IP Phones support validation of HTTPS cer tifica tes. This feat ure supports the fol lowing: • V erisign, Geo T rust, Thawte, Comodo , Entrust, and C yberT rust signed certificates • User-provided certificates • Checking of host[...]

  • Страница 183

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-37 The administra tor has the option to upload their own certificates on to the phone . The ph one downloads the se certificates in a file of .PEM format dur ing boot time after configurat ion downloads . The user-provided c ertificates are saved on the phone between fir m ware upgrades but are del[...]

  • Страница 184

    Network Settings 4-38 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 F or V erisign Certificate Rejection The phones supp ort 2048-bit Verisign cer tif icates. In case of a cer tificate error , detailed descriptions can be found from the error message lis t in the phone status menu . The following error descriptions are now available: • No Certificate • Bad Ce[...]

  • Страница 185

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-39 For 6739i: For 6867i: 9. Press DONE to save the change and return to the Certificates screen. Note: This change is immediately applied after pressing DONE . Enable/Disab le HTTPS V alidate Hos tname 10. Select Check Hostnames . 11. Press Chan ge to toggle the “ Check Hostnames” field to “Y[...]

  • Страница 186

    Network Settings 4-40 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 6. In the Cert. V al idat ion checkbox, press the button to enable the feature . Enable/D isable HTTP S V alid ate C erti ficate Expiration 7. In the Check Expires checkbox, press the button to enable the feature . Enable/D isable HT TPS V alidate Host name 8. In the Check H ostnames checkbox, pr[...]

  • Страница 187

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-41 Virtual LAN (optional) Virtual Loc al Area Netw ork ( VLAN) is a fea ture on th e IP phone that allo ws f or multiple lo gical E thernet interfaces to se nd outgoing RTP packets over a single ph ysical Ethernet as de scribed in IEEE Std 802.3. On the IP phone, you configur e a VLAN ID that assoc[...]

  • Страница 188

    Network Settings 4-42 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 DSCP Range/VLAN Priority Mapping DSCP bits in the T oS field of the IP header ar e set for RTP , R T C P , and SIP packets using either the default values or the val- ues configured via the " tos sip ", " tos r tp ", a n d " tos r tcp " parameters. When the VLAN glob[...]

  • Страница 189

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-43 The foll owing table show s the DSCP range/VLAN prio rity mapping: The foll owing table identifie s the default DSCP values f or the pro tocol s: Configuring T ype of Service ( T oS)/DSCP (optional) Use the fo llowing pr ocedur es to configur e T oS/DSCP on the IP phone. DSCP Range VLAN Priority[...]

  • Страница 190

    Network Settings 4-44 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 7. Enter a value f or “ Ty p e o f S e r v i c e S I P ”. D e f a u l t i s 26 . or Enter a value f or “ T ype of Ser vice RTP ”. D e f a u l t i s 46 . or Enter a value f or “ T ype of Ser vice RT CP ”. D e f a u l t i s 46 . Valid values are 0 to 63 . Note: If you change the T oS/DS[...]

  • Страница 191

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-45 Configuring VLAN (optional) Use the fo llowing pr ocedur es to conf igure VLAN on the IP pho ne. 6. Press the Sa v e softkey . 7. Restar t the phone for the selection to take affect. Aastr a W eb UI 1. Click o n Advanc ed Settings->Network->T ype of Servi ce DSCP . 2. Select a P rotocol fi[...]

  • Страница 192

    Network Settings 4-46 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 3. Enter your Admin istrator password. Note: The IP Phone s accept numeri c passwords only. 4. Select Network Settings. 5. Select Ethern et and VLAN . T o globally enab le/disable VLA N and set prior ity for non -IP packe ts: 6. Select VLAN Settings . 7. Select VLAN . 8. Select Enable . 9. Pre ss[...]

  • Страница 193

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-47 21. Select PC P ort VLAN ID and enter a value from 1 to 4095 to specify the VLAN ID for the PC Port. Defa ult is 4095 . Note: S ett in g th e P C Po rt VL AN ID t o 40 95 an d LA N Po rt VL AN ID t o an y ID fr om 1 to 409 4 w il l al lo w fr am es f rom th e L AN po r t (c on ta ini ng a VLAN I[...]

  • Страница 194

    Network Settings 4-48 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 F or the 6739i: IP Phone UI 1. Pre ss the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Pre ss Advance d . A keyboar d displays. 3. Enter the Administrator password using the keyboard . Default is “ 22222 ”. 4. Pre ss Network . 5. Press to scroll to the next sc reen. 6. Pre ss Ethern[...]

  • Страница 195

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-49 For the 6867i: 19. Press PC Port VLAN ID and then enter a value from 1 to 4095 to specify the VLAN ID for the LAN P ort. Default is 4095 . Note: Se tti ng t he P C Por t VLA N ID to 4 095 and LAN Por t VL AN I D to any I D fr om 1 to 4 094 wil l al low f ram es f rom the LAN por t (con tai ni ng[...]

  • Страница 196

    Network Settings 4-50 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 11. In the PC P ort VLAN > PC Port VLAN ID field, en ter a value from 1 to 4095 to s pecify the VLAN I D for the LAN Port. Default is 4095 . Note: Se tti ng t he P C Por t V LAN ID to 40 95 a nd LAN Po r t VL AN I D to any I D fr om 1 to 40 94 w il l al low fram es f rom the LAN por t ( con ta[...]

  • Страница 197

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-51 T o set VLAN ID and priority for the LAN P ort (Port 0): 5. Enter a VLAN ID value fr om 1 to 4095 in the VLAN ID fiel d. Default is 1 . Note: Setting the LAN Por t VLAN ID to 4095 and PC Port VLAN ID to an y ID from 1 to 4094 will allow frames from the PC port (containin g a VLAN ID) to be untag[...]

  • Страница 198

    Network Settings 4-52 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 RPORT The Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) operates over UDP and T CP . When used with UDP , responses to requests are r eturned to the source addr ess from which the request came, and r eturn ed to the port written into the t opmost “ V ia ” header of the request. Howev er , this behavior i[...]

  • Страница 199

    Network Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-53 Configuring Rpor t Using the Configuration Files Use the fo llowing pr ocedur es to conf igure Rport on your phone. Configuring Rpor t Using the Aastra W eb UI Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to configur e Rport on your phone using the Aastra W eb UI. Network Time Ser vers Network Ti me Pr otoc o[...]

  • Страница 200

    Network Settings 4-54 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Use the following procedure to enable/disable the NTP ser ver using the IP Ph one UI. Use the f ollowin g procedur e to enable /disable and conf igure the NTP Ser v ers using the Aastra W eb UI. IP Phone UI 1. Pre ss on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Preferences. 3. Select Tim e a[...]

  • Страница 201

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-55 Global SIP Settings Des cr ip t io n The IP phone uses the information in the Global Session I nitiation Protocol (SIP) settings to register at the IP PBX. The IP phone configuration defines net work and user account paramet ers that apply globally to all SIP lines. Since not all SIP lines ar[...]

  • Страница 202

    Global SIP Settings 4-56 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 SIP Global Parameters Refe ren ce F or more information about centralized conferencing, see Chapter 5, the sec tion, “C entraliz ed Conf ere ncing (fo r Sylantr o and Broadsoft Servers)” on page5-266 . IP Phone UI Paramet ers Aastra W eb UI P aramete rs Configuration File Parameters SIP[...]

  • Страница 203

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-57 SIP Per-Line Parameters Reference F or more information about centralized conf erencing, see Chapter 5, the section, “Centralized Conferencing (for Sylantro and Broadsoft Ser v ers)” on page5-266 . Specific sets of SIP parameters are inte r-dependent with each other . T o prevent confl[...]

  • Страница 204

    Global SIP Settings 4-58 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 SIP Password Masking The “ mask sip password ” configuration parameter can be used to mask a user’ s SIP account password in the server .cfg and local.cf g files (downloaded fr om the IP phone’ s Web UI tr oubles hooting page f or debug purposes). T he paramet er is disabled by default[...]

  • Страница 205

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-59 SIP Outbound Supp ort The IP Phones support dr aft-ietf-sip- outbound-15. That specification describes ho w a SIP User Agent (UA ) behind a fire - wall, r euses an existing co nnection (usually the REGISTER outbound connection) for the in bound request if the proxy sup- ports it. The U A uses[...]

  • Страница 206

    Global SIP Settings 4-60 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring a Backup Outbound Proxy T o configure this feature an Administrator can set the follow ing parameters in the configur ation f iles or the Aastra W eb UI: SIP Outbound Enabled and backup pro xy and backup registrar c onfigured , • Establishes flow to the primary proxy and registra[...]

  • Страница 207

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-61 Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to configur e backup outbound pr oxie s. Limitations The following are limitations with this f eature: • Keep-alive mechanisms shal l be limited to IPv4 only . • Pe r M5T , RFC5686 is not fully suppo rted although the draft upon which it was ba sed (draft-ie[...]

  • Страница 208

    Global SIP Settings 4-62 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring Basic SIP Authe ntication Settings Y ou can configure SIP authentica tion settings using the conf iguration file s, the IP P hone UI, or the Aastra W eb UI. Refe ren ce F or more information about setting the call wa iting parameters, see Chapter 5, the section, “C all W aiting?[...]

  • Страница 209

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-63 For the 6739i: 1. Press the Opti ons key on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Press Adv ance d . A keyboard displa ys. 3. Enter the Administrator password using the keyboard . Default is “ 22222 ”. 4. Press SIP . 5. Press Use r Na me and enter the username that appears in the name f[...]

  • Страница 210

    Global SIP Settings 4-64 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Aastra W eb UI 1. F or global configuration, click on Advanced Settings->Global SIP->Bas ic SIP A uthentication Settings. Or , f or per-line configuration, click on Advanc ed Settings->Line N (1-9)->Basic SIP Authentica tion Settings . Configure SIP authentica tion settings: 2. In [...]

  • Страница 211

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-65 Configuring Basi c SIP Network Settings (optiona l) Y ou can configure SIP net w ork settings using the configur ation files , the IP Phon e UI, or the Aastra W eb UI. Configur e Global Call W aiting 10. The " Call Waiting " field is enabled by d efault. T o disable call waiting on [...]

  • Страница 212

    Global SIP Settings 4-66 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 F or the 6739i: 10. Enter an IP address or fully qualified host na me in the Registrar Server field. Default is 0.0.0.0 . A global value of 0.0.0.0 disables registration. However , the ph one is still active and you can dial using username@ip address of the phone. If the Registrar IP address i[...]

  • Страница 213

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-67 For the 6867i: Note: Y ou can set global configurat ion only using the IP P hone UI. IP Phone UI 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Press the Advan ced sof tkey . 3. Enter the Administrator password using the keypad. Default is “ 22222 ”. 4. Select SIP > Call Server . [...]

  • Страница 214

    Global SIP Settings 4-68 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Aastra W eb UI 1. F or global configuration, click on Advanced Settings->Global SIP->Basic SIP N etwork Settings. Or , f or per-line configuration, click on Advanc ed Settings->Line N (1-9)->Basic SIP Network Settings . 2. In the " Proxy S erve r " field, enter an IP addr[...]

  • Страница 215

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-69 Adv a nc ed SIP Settings (optional) Advanc ed SIP Settings on the IP Phone allo w you to c onfigure spe cific featur es on th e phone. The f ollowing table p rovid es a list of Advanced SIP Settin gs that you can configure using the Aastra W eb UI or the con figuration files. 8. In the "[...]

  • Страница 216

    Global SIP Settings 4-70 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 The “ sip subscription timeout retry timer ” and “ sip subs cription failed retry timer ” are only configurable through the configura tion files . The “ sip subscription timeout retr y timer ” parameter can be used to contr ol how long the phone delays then retries a su bscription [...]

  • Страница 217

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-71 Aastr a W eb UI 1. For Global configur ation, click on Advanced Settings->Global SIP ->Advanced SIP Settings . 2. Or for per-line configur ation, click on Advanced Settings->Line N . 3. Enable the " Explicit MWI Su bscription " field by checking the check box. (Disable this[...]

  • Страница 218

    Global SIP Settings 4-72 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 6. Enable the “ AS-Feature-Event Subscription ” field by checking the check box. (Disable this field b y unchecking the check bo x. Default is disabled). This featur e enables or disables the specified line with the BroadSoft’ s ser ver-side DN D , CFWD , or ACD f eatures. F or more info[...]

  • Страница 219

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-73 17. In the " Registration Renew al Timer " field , enter the threshold val ue, in seconds, prior to expiration, that the phone r enews registrations. The phone will automatically send registrati on renewals half-wa y through the r egistration period, unless half-way is more than the[...]

  • Страница 220

    Global SIP Settings 4-74 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Real-time T ranspor t Protocol (R TP ) Settings Real-time T ransport Prot ocol (RTP) is use d as the bearer pa th for v oice pack ets sent ove r the IP network. Informa tion in the RTP header tells the receiver ho w to reconstruct the data and describes how the bit streams ar e packetized (i.e[...]

  • Страница 221

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-75 F or example, if the RTP base port value is 5000, the first vo ice patch sends RTP on por t 5000 and RT CP on por t 5001. Ad di- tional calls would then use ports 5002, 5 003, etc. Y ou can configure the RTP port on a global-bas is only , using the configuration files, the IP Phone UI, or the[...]

  • Страница 222

    Global SIP Settings 4-76 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Optio nal param eters have also b een created to conf igure this featu re . Admin istrators can en able the feat ure by using th e “ sip amr codec payload format ” , whic h specifies the payload format for AMR/AMR-WB. AMR/AMR-WB can o perate in either bandwidth-efficien t mode (0) or in oc[...]

  • Страница 223

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-77 Customized Codec Preference List Y ou can also configure the IP phon es to use pre ferr ed codecs. T o do this, y ou must enter the pa yload value ( payload ), the packetization time in milliseconds ( ptime ), and enable or disabl e silence suppression ( si lsupp ). Payl oad is the codec type[...]

  • Страница 224

    Global SIP Settings 4-78 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Customized Codec Settings If the customize d codec pr efer ence list is configure d as “ All” , the phone will set the code c order of pr efe rence as per the following table: Attribute Val u e payload Codec 1 Codec 2 . . . . . Codec 10 (in W eb UI) Configuration Files W eb UI 0 - G711u/80[...]

  • Страница 225

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-79 Y ou can specify a customized codec pr eference list on a glob al-basis using the configuratio n files or the Aastra W e b UI. Out-of-Ban d D TMF and D TMF Meth od The IP phones suppor t out- of-band Dual- T on e Multifrequency (DTMF) mode as refer enced in RFC2833. I n the Aastra Web UI, you[...]

  • Страница 226

    Global SIP Settings 4-80 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 When an active call is using SR TP (i.e. when an SRTP enabled IP phone initiates a call and th e r eceiving phone is also SRTP enabled) and the transpor t pr otocol is set to TLS, the IP Ph one UI display s a “lock” icon, indicating tha t the call is secur e. If one of the phones does not [...]

  • Страница 227

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-81 For the 6739i: 1. Press the Opti ons key on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Press the Advanced button. A keyboard displays. 3. Enter the Administrator password using the keyboard . Default is “ 22222 ”. 4. Press the SIP button. 5. Press to scr oll to the next screen. 6. Press RTP [...]

  • Страница 228

    Global SIP Settings 4-82 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Aastra W eb UI 1. Click on Advanced Settings->Global SIP ->RTP Settings. Global S ettings . Click on Advanced Settings->Line <N>->RTP Settings. Per-L ine S etting s . 2. Enter an RTP Port Base in the RTP Por t field. Default is 3000 . The RTP Port indicates the port through w[...]

  • Страница 229

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-83 6. In the Codec Preferenc e List , select a codec (with its payload type) you want the phones to use. V alid values are: • All • Basic (G.711 u-law, G.711 a-law , G.729) • G722 • G711u/8K • G711u/16 K • G711a/8K • G711a/16 K • G729 • G726-16 • G726-24 • G726-32 • G726-[...]

  • Страница 230

    Global SIP Settings 4-84 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 RTCP Su mma r y Rep or t s The IP phones inclu de the capability of enab ling/disabling the ge neration of RT CP summary reports using the SIP vq- rtcpxr even t package. These RTCP summary reports include vo ice quality statistics according to draft-ietf-sipping-rtcp - summar y-05 specificatio[...]

  • Страница 231

    Global SIP Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-85 As administrator , you configure Autodial globally , or on a per-line basis, for an IP phone. T he line setting overrides the glo - bal setting. F or example , you can disable Au todial on a specific line simply by setting the l ine ’ s autodial number parameter to empty (blank). Configurin[...]

  • Страница 232

    Global SIP Settings 4-86 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Per-Line C onfigura tion 1. Click o n Adv anced Settings->Line <1 - 9>->Autodial Settings. 2. Perform one of the following actions: • T o allow this line to use the glob al autodial settings, click on the Use Global Settings parameter to enable it, then click Sav e Setti ngs to s[...]

  • Страница 233

    Configuration Server Protocol 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-87 C onfigur a tion Ser ver P r otoc ol Y ou can download new versions of firmware and configuration files from the configuration ser ver to the IP phone using any of the f ollo wing types of protoc ols: TFTP , FTP , HT TP , and HT TPS. F or each Prot ocol, y ou can specif y the path f[...]

  • Страница 234

    Configuration Server Protocol 4-88 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 9. Enter the IP address of the protocol server (in dotted decimal format). Use the foll owing table to config ure the applicable server . IP Phone UI TFTP Settings • Select Primary TFTP • Enter the IP address or fully qualified do main name of the primar y TFTP server . • Press[...]

  • Страница 235

    Configuration Server Protocol 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-89 Note: Fo r more info rmation on configuring the HT TPS security method , HT TP to HTT PS redir ect, and HT TPS ser ver blocking for HT TP XML POST s , see the section, “HT TPS Client/Ser v er Configuration” on page4-33 . 10. Press Done or Set r epeatedly until the session pro[...]

  • Страница 236

    Configuration Server Protocol 4-90 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 F or the 6739i: IP Phone UI 1. Pre ss the Options key on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Pre ss the Advance d button. A keyboar d displa ys. 3. Enter the Administrator password using the keyboard . Default is “ 22222 ”. 4. Pre ss Cfg. S vr . 5. Pr ess the Download P rotoc[...]

  • Страница 237

    Configuration Server Protocol 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-91 For the 6867i: 8. Press until the Options List screen displays. 9. Press Restart to restar t the phone for the change to take affect. IP Phone UI 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Press the Advanced sof tke y . 3. Enter the Administrator password using the keypad. [...]

  • Страница 238

    Configuration Server Protocol 4-92 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 7. Use the foll owing table t o configure the applicable server . 8. Pre ss the Sav e softkey . 9. Restart the phone for the change to take affect. IP Phone UI TFTP Settings • In the Primary Ser ver field, enter the IP address or fully qualif ied domain name of the primar y TFTP se[...]

  • Страница 239

    Configuration Server Protocol 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 4-93 Aastr a W eb UI 1. Click o n Adv anced Settings->Configur ation Server .[...]

  • Страница 240

    Configuration Server Protocol 4-94 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 2. Select the protocol from the " Download Prot ocol " list bo x. V alid values ar e TFTP , FTP , HT TP , and HT TPS . Default is TFTP . The IP phone uses the protocol you select to download new firm ware and configuration files from the configuration ser ver . Use t he fol[...]

  • Страница 241

    41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 5-1 Chapter 5 Configuring Operational Features About this Chapter The IP phones h av e specific operational features you can co nfigur e to customize your IP phone. This chapter describes each feature and provides pr ocedures fo r configuring your phone to use these featur es. To p i c s This chapter cov ers the follo[...]

  • Страница 242

    About this Chapter 5-2 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Call W aitin g page5-57 Stuttered Dial T one page5-61 XML Beep Support page5-62 Status Scr oll Delay page5-63 Switch F ocus to Ringing Line page5-64 Call Hold Reminder During Active Calls page5-65 Call Hold Reminder (on Single Hold) pa ge5-66 Call Hold Reminder Timer & F[...]

  • Страница 243

    About this Chapter 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5- 3 BLF/Xfer and Speeddial/Xfer Keys page5-138 Speeddial/Conference Key page5-141 Speeddial/MWI Key page5-143 Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) (for S ylantro Servers) page5-147 Dire cted Call Pi ckup /Grou p Call Picku p page5-151 Do Not Disturb (DND) page5-154 Bridged Line Appe[...]

  • Страница 244

    Operational Features 5-4 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Op erat ion al F e atu res Description This section describes the operational featur es ma naged and configured by a Sy stem Administrat or . User Passw ords A user or an administrator can chan ge the user passwords on the phone using the config uration files, the IP phone UI, or the Aastra We[...]

  • Страница 245

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5- 5 For the 6867i: 1. Press to enter the Options List. 2. Select Lock > Pas sword . 3. Press on the “ Current Password ” text bo x, and enter the current user passwor d. 4. Press on the “ New P asswor d ” text box, and enter the new user pass word . 5. Press on the “ Re-enter Passwo[...]

  • Страница 246

    Operational Features 5-6 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Resetting a User P assword If a user for gets his passwor d, either the user or an administrator can reset it so a new passwor d can be enter ed. Th e reset user password featur e resets the password to the fac tory default w hich is blank (no password). Y ou can reset a user passwor d using t[...]

  • Страница 247

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5- 7 Administr ator P asswords An administrator can change the administrator passwords on the phone using the configuration files only . An administrator can also assig n a passwor d for using the Options key on the IP phon e. Y o u tu rn this feature on and off b y entering the " options pa[...]

  • Страница 248

    Operational Features 5-8 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Locking/Unlocking the Phone Using the IP Phone UI Use the following IP Phone UI procedure to lock/unlock an IP ph one and prevent it from being used or configured. For the 6739i: IP Phone UI Lock the phone: 1. Pre ss on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Phone Lock. The prompt, “[...]

  • Страница 249

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5- 9 For the 6867i: Locking/Unlock ing the Phon e Using the Aastr a W eb UI Use the fo llowing Aastra W eb UI procedur e to lock/unl ock an IP phone and pr even t it from being used or c onfigur ed. Configuring a Lock/Unlo ck K ey Using the Configuration Files Using the configu ration file s, y o[...]

  • Страница 250

    Operational Features 5-10 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Use the following procedure to configure a key as a lock/unlock key using the configuration files. Refe ren ce T o use the lock/unlock softke y or progra mmable key , see “Using the Configur ed Lock/Unl ock Softkey on the IP Phone ” on page5-10 . Configuring a L ock/Unlock Softkey usin[...]

  • Страница 251

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-11 For the 6739i: For the 6867i: Unlock the phone: 1. Press the UNL OCK softkey . A password pr ompt display s. 2. Enter the user or administra tor password and pr ess ENTER. The phone unlocks. The LED for the softkey AND the Message W aiting Lamp go OFF . The “ Lock ” label appears next to[...]

  • Страница 252

    Operational Features 5-12 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Defining an Emergency Dial Pla n Public telephone n etworks in countries a round the w orld hav e a single emergen cy telephone number (eme rgency serv- ices number) , that allo ws a caller t o contact local emer gency services for assistance wh en requir ed. T he emergen cy tele - phone numb[...]

  • Страница 253

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-13 Aastr a W eb UI 1. Click o n Opera tion->Phone Lock . 2. In the “ Emergency Dial Plan ” field, en ter the number used in y our local ar ea to contact emer gency ser vices . F or multiple numbers, ent er a “ | ” between each emerge ncy number . For ex a mp le : 911|110 . Default fo[...]

  • Страница 254

    Operational Features 5-14 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configurable Emergency Call Behavior Administrators have the option of changing the default beha vior of the IP phones when an emergenc y call (i.e. a call made to an emergenc y number matching one of th e values defined in the “ emergency dial plan ” parameter) is placed. If the “ emer[...]

  • Страница 255

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-15 Configuring the SIP User P arameter Dial Plan Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to configur e the SIP user parame ter dial plan. Limitation The “ sip user paramet er dial plan ” value is checked AFTER an existing pre pend dial plan i s checked , so the number that the phone dials will hav e[...]

  • Страница 256

    Operational Features 5-16 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Method 1 Y ou can set a time zo ne using the Tim e Z on e option in the IP Phone UI or you can use the “ time zone name ” parameter in the configuration file s . Both metho ds allow you to enter a va lue from the Time Z one table. The list of time zone names is provided in the table in Ap[...]

  • Страница 257

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-17 Exam ple 1 The following is an example of a custom time zone configurat ion in t he configur ation files us ing relative time (for EST ): time zone name: Custom dst [start|end] relative date: 1 #relative time zone minutes: 300 dst minutes: 60 dst start week The week in the specified month in[...]

  • Страница 258

    Operational Features 5-18 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Example 2 The following is an example o f a custom time zone conf iguration in the configuratio n files using absolute time: time zone name: Custom dst [start|end] relative da te: 0 #absolute #start of DST dst start month: 3 #March dst start week: 2 #second f ull week dst start day: 1 #Sunday[...]

  • Страница 259

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-19 Custom Time Z one Suppor t A User or A dministrat or can also set a custom time zone on the phone t o be configu red with the Network T ime Pr otoc ol (NTP) ser ver addresses . However , NTP provides the Coordinated Universal Time (UT C) time so th e phone requir es the offset from UT C in o[...]

  • Страница 260

    Operational Features 5-20 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 7. Select a date format from the list of options. V alid value s are: • WW W MMM DD (default) • DD-MMM-YY • YYYY -MM-DD • DD/MM/YYYY • DD/MM/YY • DD-MM- YY • MM/DD/YY • MMM DD • DD MMM YYYY • WWW DD MM M • DD MMM • DD .MM.YYYY Note: The de fault D ate Format i s WWW MM[...]

  • Страница 261

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-21 For the 6739i: IP Phone UI 1. Press the Opti ons key on the phone to enter the Options List . Set T im e F orma t: 2. Press Set T ime . 3. Press Tim e F or ma t and selec t a value f or the time format on your phone. V alid values are 12 Hour and 24 Hour . Note: The default Time Format is 12[...]

  • Страница 262

    Operational Features 5-22 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Set Da ylight Savin gs T ime: 10. Pre ss Daylight Savings . 11. Pre ss a Daylight Savings time option. V alid value s are: • OFF • 30 min summer time • 1 hr summer time • auto matic Note: The default for Da ylight Savings is A utoma tic . 12. Pre ss the to return to the previous scr e[...]

  • Страница 263

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-23 For the 6867i: IP Phone UI 1. Press to enter the Options List. Set T im e F orma t: 2. Navig ate to the T ime and Date -> Settings option and press the button or Select softkey . 3. With Ti me Format highli ghted pre ss the 4 key to move to selec tion column. 4. Use the 5 and 2 keys to sc[...]

  • Страница 264

    Operational Features 5-24 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring Time and Da te Using the Aastra W e b UI Use the f ollow ing proc edure t o set a time and date, time and date f ormat, time z one, and da ylight savings time using the Aastra W eb UI. Time Ser vers A time server is a computer server that re ads the ac tual time from a ref erence [...]

  • Страница 265

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-25 Setting Time Server Using the Configuration Files Use the following procedure to enable/disable the Time Ser ver and optionally set the IP Address of Time Servers 1, 2, and/or 3. Setting Time Server Using the IP Phone UI Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to set the T ime Server and optionally s[...]

  • Страница 266

    Operational Features 5-26 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Setting Time Server Using the Aastra W eb UI Use the following procedure to set the Time Ser ver and optionally set the IP A ddress of Time Servers 1, 2 , and/or 3. Aastra W eb UI 1. Click on Basic Settings->Pref erences->T ime and Da te Setting . T o enable/disable Time Ser ver: 2. The[...]

  • Страница 267

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-27 Backlight Mode The 6735i, 6737i, 6755i, 6757i, 6757i C T and 6865i have a back light feature that allows you to turn the backlight on the LC D: • Off - Backlig ht is always OFF . • Auto (Default)- Automatically turns ON the backlight when the phone is in use, and then automatically turns[...]

  • Страница 268

    Operational Features 5-28 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Display The Display option on the 6739i and 6867i IP pho nes allo ws you to set the f ollowing on your phone: • Brightness Level • Brightness Timer • Calibrate Screen (6739i o nly) Brightness Lev el The " Brightness Level " option allows you to set the amount of light th at il[...]

  • Страница 269

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-29 Brightness Timer The " Brightness T imer " op tion a llows you to set t he amo unt of t ime you want th e L CD di splay to stay ill uminate d before turning the back light off during a period of inactivit y . For ex ample, if you set the brightne ss timer to 60, when the phone reac[...]

  • Страница 270

    Operational Features 5-30 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Calibrat e Screen (6739i only) The “ Calibr ate Screen ” option all ows you to calibrate the color touch scr een. This proc ess makes fine adjustments to the color scr een on the phone f or optimal displa y purposes . Calibr ating the Screen Back ground Image on Idle Screen Administra tor[...]

  • Страница 271

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-31 Idle Screen Image Requirements for the 6867i: • 240x320 pix els • 24-bit col or depth. • .png files onl y are supp orted • There should be no frame around th e image • Av oid using images with light-colored el ements Configuring Background Image on Idle Screen Use the fo llowing pr[...]

  • Страница 272

    Operational Features 5-32 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 S witching the 6867i IP Phone’ s Home/Idle Screen Mode Use the following procedures to switch the 6867 i IP phones home/idle screen mode. Picture ID Feature The Picture ID feature on the 6739i and 6867i shows a picture ID of a caller on the L CD for all of the f ollowing events on the phone[...]

  • Страница 273

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-33 Audio DHSG Headset DHSG is a standard for telecommunication headse ts . The Aastra 67 35i, 6737i, 6739i, 6753i, 6755 i 6757i, 6757i C T , 68 65i, and 6867i IP Phone s support th e use of a DHSG headset. Aastra ’ s DHSG headset support has been tested and verified with the following product[...]

  • Страница 274

    Operational Features 5-34 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configurable Bluet ooth Supp or t Administrators now have the option of enabling or disabling Bluetooth functionality on the 6 739i IP phone. By de fining the “ audio bluetooth ” parameter as “ 0 ” in the configuration files, Bluetooth fun ctionality will be co mpletely disab led and [...]

  • Страница 275

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-35 Audio Hi- Q on G.722 C alls The Aastra IP phone s support the Hi-Q (h igh quality) audio technology which delivers enhanced per formance and voice clarity for Aa stra ’ s 6700i series of SIP phones. Incorporat ing wideband audio technology , Aastra Hi-Q significantly improves the audio qua[...]

  • Страница 276

    Operational Features 5-36 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Audio T ransmit a nd R eceiv e Gain Adjustments The audio gain pr operties for the IP phone handse t, headse t, and speakerphone is adjusted to reduce side-tone and echo on the local an d far-end equipment. Y ou can adjust these settings from -10 db to +10 db to best suit yo ur comfort level [...]

  • Страница 277

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-37 Live Dialpad The "Live Dialpad" option on th e IP phone turns the Live Dial Pad mode ON or OFF . With live dial pad ON, the IP phone automatically dials out and turns ON Handsfre e mode as soon as a dial pad key or sof t key is pressed . With liv e dial pad OFF , if you dial a numb[...]

  • Страница 278

    Operational Features 5-38 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Language The IP phones supp ort several different languages. Y ou can h av e the IP phone UI an d the Aastra W eb UI display in a spe - cific language as requir ed. When y ou set the language to use, all of the display scr eens (men us, services, option s, conf ig- uration parameters, etc.) d[...]

  • Страница 279

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-39 Loading Language Packs via the Configuration File (<mac>.cfg) Using the configuration files, y o u specify a language pack to load in the f ollowing format: lang_<ISO 639>_<ISO 3166>.txt or lang_<ISO 639>.txt where <ISO 639> is the l anguage code specified in St[...]

  • Страница 280

    Operational Features 5-40 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Specifyi ng the Screen Language to Use Once the la nguage pack(s) h ave load ed, y ou must then spec ify which language to use on the phone. After the pho ne has booted up, y ou can specify which language(s) to use. Y ou ca n use the configuration files (via the “ language ” parameter) an[...]

  • Страница 281

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-41 2. Navig ate to the Lang uage option and press the button or Select softkey. 3. With Screen Language hi ghlighted press the 4 key to m ove to selec tion column . 4. Use the 5 and 2 keys to scroll through an d ch oose the desir ed screen language. 5. Press the Sa v e softkey to save y our cha[...]

  • Страница 282

    Operational Features 5-42 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Specifying the Input Language to Use The phones suppor t text and charac ter inputs in various la nguages (English, German, French, Spanish, I talian, Portu- guese, Russian, and Nordic). Inputting tex tual or characte r inf ormation into the IP Phone UI, Aastra W eb UI, and XML scripts can n [...]

  • Страница 283

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-43 French Spanish Key Uppercase Charac ters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&() 2 ABC2ÀÂ ÇÁÅÆ abc2àâçáåæ 3 DEF3ÉÈÊË def3éèêë 4 GHI4ÎÏ ghi4îï 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÑÓÒÔÖ mno6ñóòôö 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8ÚÙÛÜ tuv8úùûü 9 WXYZ9[...]

  • Страница 284

    Operational Features 5-44 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 German Italian Key Upperca se Characters Lowercase Characters 0 0 0 1 1.:;=_,-'&( ) 1.:;=_,-'&() 2 ABC2ÄÀ abc2äà 3 DEF3É def3é 4 GHI4 ghi4 5 JKL5 jk l5 6 MNO6Ö mno6ö 7 PQRS7ß pqrs7ß 8 TUV8Ü tuv8ü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 * * <SP ACE> * <SP ACE> # #/@ #/@ Key U[...]

  • Страница 285

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-45 Portuguese Russian Key Uppercase Characters Low ercase C haracters 0 0 0 1 1.:;=_,-'& () 1.:;=_,-'&() 2 ABC2ÁÀÂÃÇ abc2áàâãç 3 DEF3ÉÊ def3éê 4 GHI4Í ghi4í 5 JKL5 jkl5 6 MNO6ÓÔÕ mno6óôõ 7 PQRS7 pqrs7 8 TUV8ÚÜ tuv8úü 9 WXYZ9 wxyz9 * * <SP ACE> *[...]

  • Страница 286

    Operational Features 5-46 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Nordic Configuring Language Input Using the Configuration Files An Administr ator can specify the input language t o use by en t ering a specific parameter in the configuration files. An Administrator must enter t he f ollowing parameter to enable this feature: • input language Use the f ol[...]

  • Страница 287

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-47 Configuring Language Input Using the IP Phone UI Once “Language Input” is enabled, an Admin istrato r or User can cha nge the input language on the phon e using the IP Phone UI. The “ Input Language ” option appears under the Langua ge option in the IP Phone UI. Use the fo llowing pr[...]

  • Страница 288

    Operational Features 5-48 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring Language Input Using the Aastra W eb UI Once “Language Input ” is enabled, an Administrator or User can also change the input language on the phone using the Aastra W eb UI. The “ Input Language ” option appears at the path Basic Settings->Preferenc es->Language Sett[...]

  • Страница 289

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-49 The foll owing table illustr ates the Latin 2 c haracter set now used on the IP Phones . Minimum Ringer V olume T o prevent the user from turning o ff the ringer , a n A dministrator can configure a parameter called “ ringer volume mini- mum ” to set the minimum ringer volume lev el. Whe[...]

  • Страница 290

    Operational Features 5-50 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Y ou can lock and unlock keys using the c onfiguration files only. When viewing th e locked key via th e Aastra W eb UI, th e key is gray ed out (disabled) and cannot be changed. Locking is dynamic for XML pushes . Y ou use the follo wing “locking” par amete rs in the configu ration files[...]

  • Страница 291

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-51 Locking/Unlocking the SA VE and DELETE k eys By defaul t, the 6730i, 6731i, 6753i, and 6 865i hav e two keys dedicated to th e Sa v e and Delete functions. These two keys can be made prog rammable by the A dministrator , freeing up the total number of progra mmable keys if required. If a Sys[...]

  • Страница 292

    Operational Features 5-52 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Lo cal D ia l P la n A dial plan describes the numbe r and pattern of digits that a user dials to reach a pa rticular te lephone number . Access codes, area codes , specialized codes, an d combinations of the number of digits dia led ar e all part of a dial plan . F or instance, the North Ame[...]

  • Страница 293

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-53 For ex ampl e, if yo u add a prep end map o f “[2 -9]XXXXXXXXX,9 1” , the IP phone adds the digits “91” to any 10-digit number beginning with any digit from 2 to 9 that is di aled out. Other examples of prepend mappings are: • 1X+#,9 (Prepends 9 t o any digit string beginning with [...]

  • Страница 294

    Operational Features 5-54 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring the S IP Loc al Dial Plan, Dial Plan T erminator , and Digit Timeout Use the following procedures to configure the SIP Local Dial Plan using th e configuration files or the Aastra Web UI. Configur ation F iles For specific par ameters you can set in the conf iguration fi les, see [...]

  • Страница 295

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-55 Sup pressing D TMF Playback A feature on the IP phones allows administrators t o enable or disable the suppression of D T MF playback when a number is dialed from the softkey s and programmable keys . When suppression of DTMF pla yback is disabled, and you pr ess a softkey or programmable ke[...]

  • Страница 296

    Operational Features 5-56 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 F ilter Out Incoming D T MF E v ents An Admi nistrator can enter a pa rameter in t he configurat ion files to suppress incoming D TMF pla yback. This new param- eter c alled “ suppress incoming d tmf playback ” will suppress the playback of both SIP INFO an d RFC2833 incomin g DT MF tones[...]

  • Страница 297

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-57 Call W aiting The call waiting feature notifies a user on an active call on the pho ne, of a new incoming call. Y o u can disable this call wait - ing feature , so that the ne w incoming call is automatically re jected by the phone with a busy message. A User or Adminis- trator can configure[...]

  • Страница 298

    Operational Features 5-58 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Call W aiting T one Y ou can also enable or disable th e playing of a shor t “ call waiting tone" when there is an incoming cal l on your phone using the “ pla y call waiting tone ” pa rameter . This featur e is enabled by de faul t. If y ou hav e Call W aiting enabled, an d a call[...]

  • Страница 299

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-59 Configuring Call W aiting T one Use the fo llowing pr ocedur es to configur e the Call W aiting T one featur e on the IP phone . Call W a iting T one Period A User or Administrator can spe cify a specif ic time period (in sec onds) for the call waiting tone to play at r egular in tervals on [...]

  • Страница 300

    Operational Features 5-60 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring “Call W aiting T one Period” Y ou use the following pr ocedur es to enable or disable “C all W aiting T one Period” . Configur ation F iles For specific par ameters you can set in the conf iguration fi les, see Appendix A, the section, “Call W aiting Settings” on page?[...]

  • Страница 301

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-61 Stuttered Dial T one Y ou can enable or disable the playing of a stuttered dial t one when ther e is a message waiting on the IP phon e. Y ou can configure this f eature us ing the co nfiguration files and the Aastra W e b UI. Configuring Stuttered Dial T one Use the fo llowing pr ocedur es [...]

  • Страница 302

    Operational Features 5-62 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 XML Beep Sup por t The IP phones have a feature that allows y ou to enable or disable a beep on the phone when it receives a status message from an XML application. This beep can be turned ON or OFF using the Aastra W eb UI, the configuration files, or in a n XML script. If you disable this f[...]

  • Страница 303

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-63 Status Scroll D elay The IP phones ha ve a fe ature tha t allows y ou to specify the time del ay , in seconds, between the scr olling of each sta tus message (including XML status messages) on the phone. The defa ult time is 5 seconds for each message t o displa y befor e scrolling to the ne[...]

  • Страница 304

    Operational Features 5-64 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 S witch F ocus to R inging Line An Admini strator or U ser can con trol the beha vior of the phone wh en it receiv es an incoming call when it is already in a connecte d call. By default, the phon e switches focus to the ringing l ine to enable the user to see who is calling them. Y ou can tu[...]

  • Страница 305

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-65 Call Hold R eminder During Active C alls The IP phones a llow a User or Administrator to enable or disabl e the ability f or the phone to in itiat e a continuous reminder tone on the active call when another call is on hold . F or examp le, when this featur e is enab led, and the call on Lin[...]

  • Страница 306

    Operational Features 5-66 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Call Hold R eminder (on Single Hold) In previous r eleases , the call h old reminder ring sp lash was trigger ed when yo u hung up a call an d there wa s at least one other call o n hold. T he remi nder ring splash timer started on ly when the active call hung up a nd there was still another [...]

  • Страница 307

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-67 Call Hold R eminder T imer & F requenc y There are two parameters an Administrator can set on the IP Phones along with the “ call hold reminder ” and “ call hold reminder during active calls ” parameters: • call hold reminder timer • call hold reminder fr equency These parame[...]

  • Страница 308

    Operational Features 5-68 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Preferred Line and Pr eferred Line Timeout An Administrator or User can define a preferred line as well as a preferred timeout . If a preferred line is selected, after a call ends (incom ing or outgoing), the display switch es back to the pr efe rred line . Next time you go off-ho ok, you pic[...]

  • Страница 309

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-69 Use the fo llowing parame ters to co nfigure pr ef erred line f ocus using the Aastra W eb UI. Goodby e K ey Cancels Inc oming C all Y ou can configure the G oodby e key to drop active calls or ignore incoming calls using the “ goodbye cancels inc oming call ” parameter or through the We[...]

  • Страница 310

    Operational Features 5-70 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Fo r 8 and 11-line L CD phones If you enable this pa ramet er , an d the phone receives another call when an active call is alr eady present, the phone dis- plays softkey 1 as “ answer ” and softkey 2 as “ ignore ” . Y ou can press the re quired softkey as applicable . Fo r 3-line L C[...]

  • Страница 311

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-71 Configur able Stat us Code on Ignoring Inco ming Calls When a user presses the “ Ignore ” key on the phones durin g an incoming call, the phone rejec ts the incoming call with a status code of “486 Busy Her e ” . The IP phon es allow an administr ator to configur e this status c ode.[...]

  • Страница 312

    Operational Features 5-72 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Customizable Message W aiting Indicator (MWI) Request URI In R elease 3.1 a nd up, an Adminis trator can enter a parameter in the configurat ion files to customize the request-URI f or MWI fea ture subscription. T h is parameter is called “ sip l inex m wi request uri ”. This fe atur e ca[...]

  • Страница 313

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-73 DND K ey Mode The IP phones ha ve a f eatur e you can enab le called "Do not Di sturb (DND). An A dministra tor or User can set “ do not dis- turb” based on the ac counts on the phone (all accounts or a specific account). Y ou can set specific modes for the wa y you want the phone t[...]

  • Страница 314

    Operational Features 5-74 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Ref ere nce F or more info rmation, see the section, “Do Not Disturb (DND)” on page5-154 . Aastra W eb UI 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->Gener al. 2. In the “ DND Ke y Mode ” field, sel ect a “ do not disturb” (DND) mode to use on the phone. Valid values are: ?[...]

  • Страница 315

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-75 Call F or ward Mode Call Forward (CFWD) on the IP phone allows incoming calls to be f orwa r ded to another dest ination. The phone sends the SIP message to the SIP pr oxy , which then forw ards the call to the assigned destination. An Administrator or User can configure CFWD on t he phone-s[...]

  • Страница 316

    Operational Features 5-76 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Ref ere nce F or more info rmation, see the section, “Ca ll For wardin g” on page5-190 . Aastra W eb UI 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->Gener al . Note: If there is no CFWD key configured on the phone or it is removed, y ou can still configure Call Forwarding via t he IP[...]

  • Страница 317

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-77 Link Layer Disc ov er y Protoc ol for Me dia Endpoint Devices (LLDP -MED) and Emergency Location Identific ation Number (ELIN) The IP Phon es support Link Layer Disc overy Pr otoc ol fo r Me dia Endpoint Devices (LLDP-MED). LLDP -MED is designed to allow for things such as: • Auto-discover[...]

  • Страница 318

    Operational Features 5-78 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring LLDP -MED and ELIN Use the f ollowing pr ocedur es to co nfigure LL DP-MED and ELIN on the IP phones. Use the f ollowing pr ocedur e to enable/disabl e LLDP-MED using the I P Phone UI. Configur ation F iles For specific par ameters you can set in the conf iguration fi les, see App[...]

  • Страница 319

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-79 Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to configur e LLDP -MED using the Aastra W eb UI: Incoming/Outgoing Intercom with Auto-Answer and Ba rge In The Intercom feature allows y ou to press the configured Intercom button on the IP phone and then enter the number you want to call to initiate an interc[...]

  • Страница 320

    Operational Features 5-80 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Incoming Intercom Calls Y ou can configure how the phone handles incoming intercom calls. Y ou can receive incoming intercom calls whether o r not there are active calls on the phone. The way the phone handles the call depends on the incoming intercom call con- figuration. The following parag[...]

  • Страница 321

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-81 Configuring Intercom Calls Settings Y ou can configure the Inter com f eature usin g the configu ration files or the Aastra W eb UI. Use the f ollowing pr ocedur es to conf igure Inte rcom cal ls on the IP phone . Note: T o configur e incoming interc om calls using these parameters , see “[...]

  • Страница 322

    Operational Features 5-82 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Group Pa ging RT P Settings An Administrator or User can configure a specific key (sof tkey , pr ogrammabl e key , or expa nsion module key) on the phone that allow s you t o send/r eceiv e a Real Time T ranspor t P rot ocol (RTP) stre am to/fr om pre-configured multicas t addresses without i[...]

  • Страница 323

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-83 How it works After pressing a configured “P a ging ” key on the phone, th e phone sends an RTP stream to a preconfigur ed multicast address (IP po r t). An y phone in the local network then liste n s for the RTP stream on the preconfigured multicast address (IP port). For both sending an[...]

  • Страница 324

    Operational Features 5-84 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Using the Configured Paging K ey on the IP Phone The following procedure describes the use of the Paging key . The procedures assumes you have already configured the P aging key using the configuratio n files or the Aast r a W eb UI. Speeddial K ey Map ping There are hard keys on your phone, [...]

  • Страница 325

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-85 Enabling/Disabli ng Redial , Xfer , and Conf K eys Y ou can enable or disable the Redial , Xfer , and Con f keys as required using the f ollow ing parameters in the configuration files: • redial disabled • conferenc e disabled • call transf er disabled V alid values for this parameter [...]

  • Страница 326

    Operational Features 5-86 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Using Redial K ey for “Last Number Redial” The IP phones have an enhanced redial user interfa ce that allo ws a user to quickly redial the last number that was dialed out from the phone. Y ou can: • Pr ess the Redial key twice to redial the last number dialed. • Pr ess the Redial key [...]

  • Страница 327

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-87 Ring T ones and T one Sets Y ou can configure ring tone s and ring tone sets on the IP phones . Ring T ones There are several distinct ring tones a user or administrator ca n select from to set on the IP phones. Y ou can enable/disable these ring tones on a global basis or on a per-line basi[...]

  • Страница 328

    Operational Features 5-88 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Ring T one S ets In addition to r ing tones, y ou can configure ring tone sets o n a global -basis on the IP phones . Ring tone sets con sist of tones customized for a specific country . The ring tone sets you can configure on the IP phones are: • Aust ralia • Brazil • Europe (gene ric [...]

  • Страница 329

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-89 5. Select the type of ring tone ( To n e 1 through To n e 5 , or Silent ). 6. Press Done to save the change. 7. Select To n e S e t . 8. Selec t the countr y for which you want to apply the tone se t. Val i d v al u es ar e Au stra lia , Braz il, Eur ope, F ranc e , Germ an y , Ital y , Ital[...]

  • Страница 330

    Operational Features 5-90 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Ring T one via Speak er During Active C alls The pa ramete r “ ring audibl y enable ” can be used to configure the IP ph ones to play the ring tone o f an incoming call via the phone’ s speaker while in an ac tive call or if a user is in th e process of dialing out. With the parameter e[...]

  • Страница 331

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-91 Configuring the Ring T one via Spea ker D ur in g A c ti ve Ca ll s Fea tu re Use the fo llowing pr ocedur es to configur e the ring tone via speaker during active calls feat ure . No Ser vice C ongestion T one Administrators can configure the IP phones to play a congestion/fast busy tone in[...]

  • Страница 332

    Operational Features 5-92 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring the No Service Congestion T one Use the f ollowing pr ocedur es to co nfigure th e no service congestion tone f eature . Priority A ler ting Priority aler ting on the IP phones is a feature that allows in coming calls to trigger pre -defined ringing or call waiting aler t tones. Y[...]

  • Страница 333

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-93 Syl an tro Se r vers The ring tone keyw ords that can display in th e " Alert-Info" header f or a Sylan tro server ar e: • alert-acd (aut o call di stribution) • alert-community-1 • alert-community-2 • alert-community-3 • alert-community-4 • alert-emergency • aler t-e[...]

  • Страница 334

    Operational Features 5-94 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 A System Administrator can c onfigure the ring tone cadences if required, using the configuration files. The f ollowing table identifies the diff erent Bellcor e ring tone patterns a nd cadences . Mexican T one Set Cadences The following are Mexican tone set caden ces . Bell co re T one Patte[...]

  • Страница 335

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-95 Brazilian T o ne Set Cadenc es The following are Brazilian tone set cadences . Russian T one Set C adences The following are Russian tone set cadences. Malaysian T one Set Cadences The following are Malaysian tone set cadences. Limitations for Malay sian Cadenc es • The phone does not appl[...]

  • Страница 336

    Operational Features 5-96 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Italian T one Set Cadences The following are Ita lian tone set cadences (for “I taly ”) . Slov ak T one Set Cadences The following are Slovak tone set cadences. Configuring Priori ty Aler ting and Ring T o ne Cadenc es using the Configur ation F iles Use the f ollowin g procedur es to co [...]

  • Страница 337

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-97 Configuring Priorit y Aler ting using the Aastra W eb UI Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to conf igure Prio rity Alerting using the Aastra W eb UI. Call W a iting T ones Call W aiting is a feat ure that tells you if a new caller is tr ying to contac t you w hen you a re alread y on th e phon [...]

  • Страница 338

    Operational Features 5-98 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 F or Asterisk and Broadw orks ser v ers, call waiting tones are sp ecified by the default Bellcore tones indi cated in the tab le Ring T one Patt ern (A sterisk/Br oadworks Servers) on page 5-93. F or Sylantro servers, call waiting tones are specified b y the Bellcore tones you configure in t[...]

  • Страница 339

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-99 How this Fe ature Works when Directed Call Pickup is Enabled with BLF or BLF/List How this Fe ature W orks when Directed Call Pickup is Disabled with BLF or BLF/List Y ou can enable/disable “Directed Call Pickup” using the configuration files or the A astra W eb UI. Enabling/Disabli ng D[...]

  • Страница 340

    Operational Features 5-100 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring BLF/BL F List for Directed Call Pick up Use the f ollowing pr ocedur e to configu re BLF/BLF List fo r Directed Call Pickup in the conf iguration file s. Use the following procedure to configure BLF or BLF/List for Directed Call P ickup in the Aastra Web UI. 4. F or the 6739i , [...]

  • Страница 341

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-101 5. Click o n Opera tion->Softk ey s and XML or Click o n Opera tion->P rogr ammable K ey s or Click o n Operation->Expansion Module <N> . Note: Depending on your phone -model, the key configuration screen displays. The 6755i Key Screen is show n as an example. 6. Select a sof[...]

  • Страница 342

    Operational Features 5-102 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring XML for Directed C all Pick up Use the following procedure to configure XML for Directed Call Pickup in the configuration files. Use the following procedure to configure XML for Directed Call Pickup in the Aastra Web UI. 12. In the " BLF List URI " field, enter the nam[...]

  • Страница 343

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-103 5. Click o n Opera tion->Softk ey s and XML or Click o n Opera tion->P rogr ammable K ey s or Click o n Operation->Expansion Module <N> . Note: Depending on your phone-model, the key configuration screen display s. The 6755i Key Screen is shown as an example. 6. Select a sof [...]

  • Страница 344

    Operational Features 5-104 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Softke ys/Programmable K eys/F eatu r e Ke y s / E x p a n s i o n M o d u l e Key s Y o u can configure the soft keys, progr ammable keys, feature ke ys, and expansio n module keys that are applica ble to a specific phone model, t o per f orm sp ecific functio ns on the IP phones. Softk ey[...]

  • Страница 345

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-105 State-Based Softk eys Users and administrators can configure a specific state to disp lay when a softkey is being used. Ava ilable stat es you can configure f or each softkey include: • idle - The phone is no t being used. • connec ted - The cur r ent line is in an active call (or the c[...]

  • Страница 346

    Operational Features 5-106 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Y ou can enable or disa ble the softkey sta tes using th e configur ation files or the Aastra Web UI. In the Aastra Web UI, you disable a state by uncheck ing the box for that operational state . In the config uration files, y ou use the following parameters to enable and disable operation [...]

  • Страница 347

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-107 The foll owing table show s how the keys in the e xample abov e would displa y on the IP P hone UI. Softkeys and programmable keys ar e configurable using the Aastra We b UI or the configuration files. Programmable K eys The following table provides the number of soft keys and programmable [...]

  • Страница 348

    Operational Features 5-108 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Softke y/Programmable K ey/Expa nsion Module Key F unctions Y o u can configure the soft keys and programmable keys o n th e phones and any attached ex pansion module keys to per- form specific functions using the conf iguration files or the Aastra W eb UI. The following table identifies th[...]

  • Страница 349

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-109 Directed Call Pickup (DCP)/Group Call Pickup (GC P) dcp Directed Call Pickup ( This feature is not suppor ted for the 6735i, 6737i, 6863i, 6865 i, and 6867i in Release 3.3. 1 SP3). (For Sylantr o Servers) Indicates the key is configur ed for either Directed Call Pickup or Group Call P ickup[...]

  • Страница 350

    Operational Features 5-110 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Speeddial /Xfer speeddialxfer Spee ddial/Xfer Indicates the key is set to be used as a Speeddial key AND as a T ransfer key. For mo re info rmat ion a bout the S peedd ial/ Xfer fe ature, see t he sec ti on “Use the following parameters to configure the ring spl ashsettings:” on page[...]

  • Страница 351

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-111 Reference F or more information about key functions for yo ur mo del phone , see y our <Model-Spe cific> IP Phone User Guide . Configuring S oftke ys and Progra mmable K eys Use the fo llowing pr ocedur es to conf igure the softkeys an d progr ammable keys on the IP phone. Services se[...]

  • Страница 352

    Operational Features 5-112 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Aastra W eb UI 1. Click on Op eration ->So ftkeys a nd XM L or Click on Operati on->Pro grammabl e Key s or Click on Operation->E xpansion Module <N>. Depending on your phone-model, the key configuration screen displa ys. T he 6755i Key Screen is shown as an example . 2. Sele[...]

  • Страница 353

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-113 Shifting of Sof tk ey Positions for Busy Stat es Administrat ors can shift the sof tkey position for busy states using the “ collapsed conte xt user sof tk ey screen ” par ame - ter . I f this parameter is configured, user programmable softkeys on the 6 735i, 6737i, 6755i, 6757i, 67 57i[...]

  • Страница 354

    Operational Features 5-114 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 F or example, with the 9480i, 9480 i CT , 6 735i, and 6755i IP ph one has a total of six physical softkey butt ons. By def ault, when a total of six softkeys are configur ed, the screen displays five softkeys and offers a “More ” option to access the remaining softkey . By enabling the [...]

  • Страница 355

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-115 When the “ collapsed more softkey scr een ” parameter is enabled for the 6737i, 67 57i, or 6757i C T the phone will apply the same behavior if six top softkeys or six bottom softkeys are configured . Icom CFWD Park LCR Pickup More Services DND Directory Paging Callers More 01/01/14 11:0[...]

  • Страница 356

    Operational Features 5-116 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 When the “ c ollapsed more softkey scr een ” paramet er is enabled f or the 673 9i IP phone , the phone will apply the same behavior if a total of 1 2 softkeys are configured. Default Screen 1 Para met er E nab led L1 Thomas Keller 11 : 40am 13/05/13 Thomas Keller Line 4 Line 5 Line 6 P[...]

  • Страница 357

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-117 When the “ collapsed more softkey scr een ” parameter is enabled for the 6867i IP pho ne , the phone will apply the same behavior if six top softkeys or four bottom so ftkeys are configure d. Configuring the Collapse d More Softkey Screen O ption Use the fo llowing paramet er to configu[...]

  • Страница 358

    Operational Features 5-118 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring the Increase of Displayed Characters for Softkey Line Labels Use the following parameter to disable the line icon and increase the number of charac ters displayed f or softk ey line labels : 6757i Cordless ( CT ) F eature K eys In addition to the softkeys on the 6757 i CT , this[...]

  • Страница 359

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-119 the base . • If no lin e keys are pr ogrammed for the feature key , th e handset is restricted to intercom calls only. • If all 12 progr ammable fun ctions have be en progr ammed to "No ne" , the user is pres ented with a List emp ty message when the f eatur e key is pr essed.[...]

  • Страница 360

    Operational Features 5-120 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Handset K ey F unctions T able Fea tu re Ke y Fun c ti on Configuration F ile Para met er Aastra W eb UI Para met er Description None none None Indicates the key is disabled. This option is available from W eb UI only. Line (Lines 1 through 9 are available for selection) line Line Indicates[...]

  • Страница 361

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-121 Reference F or more info rmation about fea tures key functions fo r your 6757i CT , see your Aastr a IP Phone 6757i C T User’ s Gu ide . Configuring Handset Feature K eys Y ou ca n progr am up to 15 feature keys on the 6757i CT IP p hone using the configuration files or the Aa stra W eb U[...]

  • Страница 362

    Operational Features 5-122 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Aastra W eb UI 1. Click on Operation->Handset Keys . 2. Select the handset key you want to program. 3. Select the func tion f or that handset key from the " Key Func ti on " field. 4. Click Sav e Sett ings to save the function you selected to the handset key. The key programmin[...]

  • Страница 363

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-123 Press-and-Hold Speeddial Ke ypad K eys The keypad keys on th e IP phones can be used to store sp eeddial numbers that ar e dialed out when a user presses and holds the respective ke y . These pr ess-and-hold speeddial nu mbers can be configured using the IP phone UI, the Aastra W eb UI, or [...]

  • Страница 364

    Operational Features 5-124 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 6867i Hard K ey R e progr amming Administrators have the ability to reprogram 7 of the 686 7i IP phone’ s hard keys with any one of the phone ’ s so ftkey functi ons. 6867i Hard Key Mapping Notes: • The reprogramming of hard keys 5, 6, 7, and 11 (indicated above in red) is not suppor [...]

  • Страница 365

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-125 The following parameters can be used to r eprogram the hard keys: Configuration Parameter Description hardkeyN type The type of ke y to which you would like to change the hard key . Valid types include: • none • line • speeddial • dnd • blf • list • acd • xml • flash • s[...]

  • Страница 366

    Operational Features 5-126 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 In addition to the above basic parameters, the follo wing supp leme ntary pa rameters can also b e used for the hard keys: Reprogr amming Hard Ke y F unctionalit y Using the Configuration F iles Use the f ollowing pr ocedur es to r eprogr am the functionality of har d keys on the IP 6867i I[...]

  • Страница 367

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-127 Customizing the K ey T ype List in the Aastra W e b UI An Administrat or can configure which key types display in the Aastra W eb UI list for a Sof tkey , Programmable Key , Expan- sion Module Ke y , and/or Feature Key (C T Models). Currently , in the Aastra W eb UI for a phone, you can sel[...]

  • Страница 368

    Operational Features 5-128 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Speeddial Prefix es The normal func tion of the Speeddial option allows yo u to configur e a specific key on the phon e to dial a number quickly by pressing the configured key . For example, if yo u had the follow ing Speeddial co nfiguration in the configura- tion files: softkey1 type: spe[...]

  • Страница 369

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-129 Exam ple A Super visor configures BLFs on his phone for monitoring the status of a worker ’ s phone use (busy or idle). When the worker picks up his phone to make a call, a busy indicato r on the Super visor’ s phone shows that the worker ’ s phone is in use and busy . BLF Setting (F [...]

  • Страница 370

    Operational Features 5-130 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Example A receptionist has a 6757i runnin g Broadsoft firmware that subscribes to a list of exte nsions from the BroadW o rks Appli- cation Ser ver . Each monitored extension in the list shows up individually on the 6757i screen next to a sof tkey button. The softkey icons on the screen cha[...]

  • Страница 371

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-131 Aastr a W eb UI 1. Click o n Opera tion->Softk ey s and XML or Click o n Opera tion->P rogr ammable K ey s or Click o n Operation->Expansion Module <N> . Depending on your phone-model, the key configuration screen display s. The 6755i Key Screen is shown as an example . 2. Se[...]

  • Страница 372

    Operational Features 5-132 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 BLF Page S witch F eature A new fea tures enabl es the 6735i, 6737i, 6739i, 6755i, 675 7i, 6757i CT , and 6867i model phones to aut omatically swit ch the screen f ocus t o a softkey page or M6 75i expansion module page that has an active Busy Lamp F ield (BLF or BLF/List key(s). Administra[...]

  • Страница 373

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-133 Configuring B LF Page S witch Use the fo llowing pr ocedur es to configur e the BLF page swit ch featur e on the IP phone . Configurable Display for Blank BLF/List S oftk eys When softkeys for the 6735i, 673 7i, 6755i, 6757i, 6757i C T model phones and the M675i Expansion Module are configu[...]

  • Страница 374

    Operational Features 5-134 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 the frequency inter val).[...]

  • Страница 375

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-135 • 4 : Periodic dela yed (same as P e riodic but after a dela y of [x] se conds, the ri ng signal that is used by the pho ne is played [use the “ ring splash fr equency ” parameter to de fine the frequenc y inter val and the “ ring splash delay ” parameter to define the delay]). ?[...]

  • Страница 376

    Operational Features 5-136 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Considerations The following considerations must be take n into account when using this feature: • When a BLF softkey ’ s ring splash parame ter is dynamically changed , the change will not take eff ect until the BLF tar- get becomes idle. • The playing of a ring splash will be post p[...]

  • Страница 377

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-137 Applicable v alues fo r the abov e paramet ers include: • 100 (Ring tone 1 ) • 101 (Ring tone 2 ) • 102 (Ring tone 3 ) • 103 (Ring tone 4 ) • 104 (Ring tone 5 ) • 105 (Silence) Examples T o enable rin g tone 3 playback for a BLF/List-monitored ex tension conf igured on a soft/pr[...]

  • Страница 378

    Operational Features 5-138 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring Ring Splash Settings Use the f ollo wing paramet ers to c onfigure the ring splashsettings: BLF Subscription Period On the IP phones, you can set the time pe riod , in seconds , that the IP phon e re -subscr ibes the BLF su bscription service. In the configur ation files , ente [...]

  • Страница 379

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-139 BLF/Xfer and Speeddial/Xfer K eys The IP Phones ha ve a transf er (Xfer ) enhancement f eatur e you can use with the BLF and Speeddial keys - BLF/Xfer and Spee ddial/Xfer . The BLF key allows one or more extensions to be mon itored, and once there is any state change with those ex tensions,[...]

  • Страница 380

    Operational Features 5-140 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 The BLF and Speeddial transfer enhancement featur e provides a simpler way of transferring calls usin g the keys called BLF/Xfer and Speeddial/Xfer . The BLF/Xfer key combines the BLF and Xfer key's funct ionality together allowing the user to tran sfer cal ls or use BLF with on e key [...]

  • Страница 381

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-141 Configuring the BLF/Xfer K ey and the Speedd ial/Xfer K ey Using the Configur ation Files Y ou use the follo wing parame ters in the c onfigura tion files t o configur e the BLF/Xf er key and/o r Speeddial/Xf er key on th e IP Phone. Examples: softkey1 type: speeddialxfer softkey1 label: BX[...]

  • Страница 382

    Operational Features 5-142 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring the BLF/Xfer K ey and the Spee ddial/Xfer K ey Using the Aastr a W eb UI Y ou configure the BLF/Xf er key and/or th e Speeddial/Xf er Key on the IP phon e similar to con figuring a BLF key or Speed- dial key using the Aastra W eb UI. Use the follo wing procedur e to c onfigure B[...]

  • Страница 383

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-143 Limitations for Sp eeddial/Conferenc e K ey The following are limitations for the Speeddial/Conference key: • The C T handsets are not supported. • The feature is not compatibl e with centralized conferencing. The softkey/programmable key is called " Speeddial/Conf " in the We[...]

  • Страница 384

    Operational Features 5-144 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 topsoftkey1 type: speeddialconf topsoftkey1 label: Sales topsoftkey1 value: 5645 topsoftkey1 line: 3 prgkey1 type: speeddialconf prgkey1 value: 5645 prgkey1 line: 1 expmod1 key1 type: speeddialconf expmod1 key1 label: Sales expmod1 key1 value: 5645 expmod1 key1 line: 3 Refer to the fo llowi[...]

  • Страница 385

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-145 Speed dia l/MW I K ey Multiple voicemail registration is suppor ted on the IP phones. This featur e can be useful in scenarios whe re a user needs to monitor the voicemail accounts of his/he r team members or an assistant requires access t o his/her manager ’ s voicemail messages. By conf[...]

  • Страница 386

    Operational Features 5-146 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 F or Expansion Module Softkeys expmod1 key1 type: speeddia lmwi expmod1 key1 label: Peter expmod1 key1 value: +331234 56,,,3456#0000#@domain;sip:voicemail_pete r@domain expmod1 key1 line: 3 Refer to the fo llowing in Appendix A to configure a Speeddi al /MWI key on the IP phone using the co[...]

  • Страница 387

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-147 Configuring a Speeddial/MWI K ey Using the Aastra W eb UI Use the following pr ocedure t o configure a Speeddial/MWI key using the Aastra W eb UI: Configuring a Speeddial/MWI Key Us ing the IP Phone UI (6739i only) Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to configur e a Speeddial/MWI key using the 6[...]

  • Страница 388

    Operational Features 5-148 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 2. In the “ Va lu e ” field, enter in the call URI and voicemail URI separ ated by a semi-colon, as per the f ollowing syn tax: [call URI];[v oicemail URI]. F or example, +33123456, ,,3456#0000#@domain;sip:voicemail_peter@domain Notes: As the example abov e illustrates , pauses and DTMF[...]

  • Страница 389

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-149 Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) (for Sylantro Ser vers) The IP phones suppor t an Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) featur e for Sylantro servers. The ACD featur e allows the Sylantro server to distribute calls from a queue to registered IP phone users ( agents). T o use the A CD fea tur[...]

  • Страница 390

    Operational Features 5-150 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Use the f ollowin g procedur es to c onfigur e an ACD key on the IP ph one. Configuring the A CD Auto-Av ailable T imer Configuring an A CD K ey Using the Aastra W eb UI Use the f ollowing pr ocedu re to c onfigure an A CD softkey , pr ogrammable key , or expansion module key using the Aast[...]

  • Страница 391

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-151 Configuring the A CD Auto-Av ailable T imer Using the A astra W eb UI Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to configur e an ACD a uto-available timer using th e Aastra W eb UI. Using the A CD F e ature on y our IP Phone The ACD feature allows you to login to a phone queue in order to receive dist[...]

  • Страница 392

    Operational Features 5-152 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Logg ing I n to a Phon e Que ue Use the following procedure to log into a phone queue from your Aastra IP phone. AC D S u bs c ri p t io n Pe r io d On the IP phones, you can set the time pe riod , in seconds , that the IP phon e re subscribes the ACD subscription service after a soft ware/[...]

  • Страница 393

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-153 Direc ted C all Pickup/Group C all Pickup Aastra IP phones and any attached Expansion Modules suppor t the Directed Call P ickup (DCP) and Group Call P ickup (GCP ) featu res. The Directed Call Pickup/Group Call Pickup f eature allows you to intercept - or pickup - a call on a monitor ed ex[...]

  • Страница 394

    Operational Features 5-154 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 When you c onfigure a GCP softkey , you specify the ring gr oup that y ou want t o monitor for inc oming calls. F or example , suppose an Operator configures a GCP softkey to monitor in coming call s f or a specific ring group (ex tensions 2200- 2210). When a n incoming call is received on [...]

  • Страница 395

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-155 Configuring Group Ca ll Pickup ( G CP ) Using the Aastr a W eb UI Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to conf igure Grou p Call P ickup using the Aastra W eb UI. Using Directed Call Pickup/Group C all Pick up Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e for the DCP /GCP on your pho ne. Note: A ring group must[...]

  • Страница 396

    Operational Features 5-156 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Do Not Disturb (DND) The IP phon es hav e a fea ture y ou can enable cal led "Do Not Disturb ( DND). An A dministra tor or Use r can set “Do Not D is- turb ” based on the accounts on the phone (all ac counts or a specifi c acco unt). Y o u can set specific modes f or the way you wa[...]

  • Страница 397

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-157 Configuring DND Using the Configuration Files Y ou use the following par ameters to co nfigure DND on the IP P hone: • dnd ke y mode • softkeyN type , topsoftke yN type, prgk eyN type, or expmodX keyN type • softkeyN states (optional) Exam ple The following is an example of configurin[...]

  • Страница 398

    Operational Features 5-158 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring DND Using the Aastra W eb UI Use the f ollowing pr ocedur e to configu re DND mode using the Aastr a W eb UI: Aastra W eb UI 1. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->Gener al. 2. In the “ DND Ke y Mode ” field, select a “ do not disturb ” (DND) mode to use on the p[...]

  • Страница 399

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-159 4. Click o n Basic Settings->Acc ount C onfiguration. 5. F or each acc ount, e nable DND by placing a c heck ma rk in the box. Disable DND b y unchecking the box. Notes: • If you sel ected “ Acco unt ” or “ Cus tom ” mode in step 2, y ou can enable/disable ea ch account or all [...]

  • Страница 400

    Operational Features 5-160 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring DND via the IP Phone UI (3-Line Phones) Afte r you add a DND ke y to your phone, you can tog gle the DND state using this key on the phone. Use the following proc edure t o enable/disable DND on the IP phone. The following procedur es assume you have already configured a DND key[...]

  • Страница 401

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-161 DND in Custom Mode Configuring DND via the IP Phone UI (8-Line an d 11-Line Phones) After you add a DND ke y to your pho ne, yo u can toggle the DND stat e using this key on the phone . Use the f ollo wing pro- cedure to enable/disable DND on the IP Phone. The foll owing proc edures a ssume[...]

  • Страница 402

    Operational Features 5-162 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 DND in Account Mode In the above example, Screenname1, S creenname2, and Screenname3, are three accounts configured on the pho ne . Only Screenname1 an d 3 have DN D ON. Screenname 2 has DND OFF . DND in Phone Mode (Default) In the above example, toggling Screenname1 to DN D ON, enabled DND[...]

  • Страница 403

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-163 DND in Custom Mode In the above example, Screenname1 and 3 ha ve DND ON as indicated b y a check mark (  ). Screenname2 has DND off as indicated by an X . The ALL ON and ALL OFF sof tkeys allow you to enable or disable DND on a ll accounts , respectively . Configuring DND Modes via the I[...]

  • Страница 404

    Operational Features 5-164 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 DND in Account Mode IP Phone UI 1. On the 6739i: With the account in focus on the , press the DN D key to toggle DND ON or OFF f or the acc ount. In the above example , pressing the DND key on the line in f ocus highlights the softkey in red to show that DND is enabled. The MWI LED illu- mi[...]

  • Страница 405

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-165 DND in Phone Mode (Default) IP Phone UI 1. With the account in focus on the , press the DN D key to toggle DND ON or OFF f or the account . In the above example, pressing th e DND key on the lin e in focus highlight s the softk ey in red to show that DND is enabled. The MWI LED illu- minate[...]

  • Страница 406

    Operational Features 5-166 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 DND in C ustom Mode IP Phone UI 1. With the account in focus on the , press the DN D key to toggle DND ON or OFF f or the acc ount. In the above example , pressing the DND key on the line in f ocus highlights the softkey in red to show that DND is enabled. The MWI LED illu- minates ON. A DN[...]

  • Страница 407

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-167 Configuring DND Using the IP Phone UI (6867i ) After you add a DND ke y to your pho ne, yo u can toggle the DND stat e using this key on the phone . Use the f ollo wing pro- cedure to enable/disable DND on the IP phone. The foll owing proc edures a ssume you hav e alread y configured a DN D[...]

  • Страница 408

    Operational Features 5-168 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Bridged Line Appear anc e (BL A) A SIP bridge line ap pearance (BLA) on the IP phones allows multiple devices to sha r e a single director y address (DA). F or example, people working at a technical support depar tme nt could be locat ed in differen t places. If their desktop phones are c o[...]

  • Страница 409

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-169 Global BL A Y ou configure BLA on a global basis in the conf iguration files using the following parameters: • sip mode • sip user name • sip bla number Y ou configure BLA on a global basis in the A a stra W eb UI using the following fields at A dvanced Settings->Global SIP- >Ba[...]

  • Страница 410

    Operational Features 5-170 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 sip line1 bla number: 1010 Configuring Global BLA Using the Configuration Files Use the f ollowin g proce dures t o configur e global BL A on the IP phone. Configuring Per-Line BLA Using the Configuration Files Use the f ollowin g proce dures t o configu re per- line BLA on the IP ph one. N[...]

  • Страница 411

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-171 Configuring BL A Using the Aastra W eb UI Aastr a W eb UI 1. For global configuration of BLA: Click o n Adv anced Settings->Global SIP->Bas ic SIP A uthentication Settings. For per -line configuration of BLA: Click o n Adv anced Settings->Line N (1-9). In the " Line Mode "[...]

  • Страница 412

    Operational Features 5-172 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 BLA Subscription Per iod The IP Phones include a SIP BLA subscription period parameter that allows an Administrat or to set the amount of time, in seconds, of the BLA subscr iption period. If this parameter is set to zero (0), the phone uses the va lue specified for the BLA expira tion in t[...]

  • Страница 413

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-173 Using a BLA Line on the IP Phone If you hav e either a global or per-line BLA co nfiguratio n, and you wa nt to shar e a call on the line with a BLA g roup , yo u need to press the Hold button bef ore sharing the call with the group. F or example, if line 1 is configured for BLA, and you pi[...]

  • Страница 414

    Operational Features 5-174 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 P-Preferred Identity Header for BL A Ac c ounts The IP Phones suppor t the BLA specificatio n, draft-anil-sipping-bla-02, which states tha t the P-P r eferrr ed-Iden tity header (RFC3325) gets adde d to the INVITE message to indicate the Caller-ID that is used for the call. BL A Suppor t fo[...]

  • Страница 415

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-175 Configuring BLA Suppor t for MWI Using the Aastr a W eb UI Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to configur e BLA support for MWI. Aastra W eb UI 1. Click on Advanced Settings->Global SIP ->Advanced SIP Settings . 2. The “ MWI for BLA Acc ount” field is disabled by default. T o enable t[...]

  • Страница 416

    Operational Features 5-176 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Shared C all Ap pear ance (SCA) Ca ll Bridging Shared C all Appear ance (SCA) is when incoming ca lls are pr es ented to multiple phones simultaneously . F or example, it is the ability to assign the boss' extension to a button on the secretar y's phone. Calls ca n be transf erred[...]

  • Страница 417

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-177 Line K eys and Idle Screens Soft k e y L ine K e ys 9143i Phone LED States State LED for Local Caller ID for L ocal LED for Remot e Caller ID for Remote Id le Off N/A Of f N/A Seize d Solid Green None Soli d Red None Prog ressing (out going call) Green Called Party Solid R ed None Alerting [...]

  • Страница 418

    Operational Features 5-178 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Line Ke y Phone Behavior 6867i Softkeys Enabling/D isabling SCA Call Brid ging Fe ature Use the f ollowing pr ocedur e to enable/disabl e SCA call bridging on the IP Phones . State Line Key P ressed for L ocal Line Key Pressed f or Remote Idle N/A Attempt to seize the line Seiz ed Hang up I[...]

  • Страница 419

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-179 Park/Pick Up Static and Progr ammable Configuration The IP phones (incl uding the CT handsets) have a park and pickup call feature that allows you to park a call a nd pickup a call when r equired . Administra tors can con figure call park an d pickup using a static config uration (f or 8 an[...]

  • Страница 420

    Operational Features 5-180 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Park/Pickup C all Server Configuration V alues **Leav e "value" fields blank to disable the park and pickup feature . Configuring Park/Pickup St atic Configuration Using the Configuration Files Use the f ollowing parameters to c onfigure park/pickup static configuration: • sprec[...]

  • Страница 421

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-181 Configuring Park/Pickup Static Conf iguration Using the Aastra W eb UI Park/Pickup Programmable Configuration (Using a S oftk ey) The programmable method of configuration creates park and pickup keys (softkeys , programmable key s, expansion mod- ule keys) that y ou can configure on the IP [...]

  • Страница 422

    Operational Features 5-182 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 On 8/11-Line L CD Phone and 6739i and 6867i Phone UIs • When a call comes in, and you pickup th e handset, the custom label that you co nfigured f or the Park softkey displays on the Phone UI. • After the call is parked , the label that y ou configur ed for th e Pickup s oftkey displays[...]

  • Страница 423

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-183 Examples for Models with 3-Line L CDs Call Park/Pickup Configuration Precedence Rule F or users upgrading from Release 2.x fir m ware, the " softkeyN val ue " paramete r will be used if the " sip lineN park pi ckup config " parameter is not set. If the per-line park pick[...]

  • Страница 424

    Operational Features 5-184 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring a Park/Pickup Key Using Aastra W eb UI F or all phones and C T handsets, y ou first configure the park and pickup keys at Advanced Settings -> Line 1-N by enter- ing the appropriat e value based on the server in yo ur network. F or 8/11-Line L CD phones and 6739i and 6867i ph[...]

  • Страница 425

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-185 6. In the " Label " field, enter a label for the park softkey . Note: The” Val ue ” and “ Line ” fields are already configur ed from the “ Park Pick up Co nfi g ” field. 7. The park softkey has a default state of “ Connected ”. Leav e this state enabled or to disab[...]

  • Страница 426

    Operational Features 5-186 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 2. Under Advanced SIP Settings in the “ Park Pi ckup Config ” field , enter the approp riate value based on the server in your network. Notes: • Fo r values to enter in this fiel d, see the table “P ark/Pickup Call Server Configurat ion Values ” on page 5-182 . • Leav e the p[...]

  • Страница 427

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-187 Using the Park Call/Pick up Park ed Call F eature Use the f ollowing pr ocedur es on the IP phones to park a call an d pick up a parked call. Enhanced P ark/Pickup Configuration Method (BroadSoft BroadW orks) As mentioned above, A dministrators have a choice between two methods of Park/P ic[...]

  • Страница 428

    Operational Features 5-188 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 mable keys/softkeys must be defi ned f or the P ark and Pi ckup keys to be displa yed . How ever , the benefit of this method is that the phone doe s not seize a secondary line to dial out the Park or Pickup code but instead utilizes a secon dary call appearanc e of the same line (i. e. a ?[...]

  • Страница 429

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-189 Enabling Enhanc ed Park/P ickup Co nfigurati o n Method (for BroadSoft BroadWorks only) Use the f ollowing pr ocedur e to enabl e the enhanc ed park/pickup method on th e IP Phones . Confi guration F iles For specific parameters y ou can set in the conf iguration files, see Appendix A, the [...]

  • Страница 430

    Operational Features 5-190 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Last Call R eturn (lcr) (S ylantro S er v ers) Last call return (lcr ) allows an administrator or user to co nfigure a "last call return" function on a softkey or programma- ble key . This feature is f or Sylantro servers only . Y o u can configure the “lcr ” sof t key featur [...]

  • Страница 431

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-191 For the 6757 i CT Handset: 1. Click o n Opera tion->Hands et Ke ys. 2. Pick a handset key to configure for Last Call Return. 3. In the " Key Fu nc ti on " field, select Last Ca ll Return . 4. Click Sa v e Settin gs to save your changes. For 3- Li ne LC D ph on es : 1. Click o n[...]

  • Страница 432

    Operational Features 5-192 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Cal l For w a rd ing Call F or ward (CFWD) on the IP phone allow s incoming cal ls to be fo r wa rded to anothe r destination. T he phone sends the SIP message to the SIP proxy , which then fo rwards the call to the assig ned destination. An Admini strator or U ser can con figure CFWD on th[...]

  • Страница 433

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-193 Configuri ng Call F or w arding Y ou use the following parameters to set CFWD on t he IP Phone using the configuration files: • call forward ke y mode • softkeyN type , topsoftke yN type, prgk eyN type, or expmodX keyN type • softkeyN sta tes (optional) Use the f ollowing pr ocedur es[...]

  • Страница 434

    Operational Features 5-194 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 3. Click on Basic Settings->Preferences->Gener al. Note: If there is no CFWD key configured on the phone or it is removed, y ou can still set the CFWD modes via the IP Phone UI at the p ath Opti ons- >Call Forward. 4. In the “ Call F orward K ey Mod e ” field, select a call for[...]

  • Страница 435

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-195 6. Click o n Basic Settings->Acc ount C onfiguration. Note: If the BroadSoft BroadWorks Executive and As sistant Ser vices feature is enabled and y our phone is configured with the Assistant ’s r o l e , a n additional Forward Filtering option may be available on the Acco unt C onfigur[...]

  • Страница 436

    Operational Features 5-196 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring CFWD via the IP Phone UI (3-Line Phones) Once CFWD is enabled on your phone, you can access and change the configuration using the IP phone UI or th e Aastra W eb UI. Y ou can access the CFWD menus by pressing a pre -configured CFWD key, or by se lect ing Options > Call F orw[...]

  • Страница 437

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-197 CFWD in Acc ount Mode IP Phone UI 1. Use the 3 and 4 navigation keys to scroll through each a c count. In the above example, account 1 has CFWD All enabled and account 2 has CFWD B usy enabled . 2. Press the pr ogrammed Call For ward key . The C all F orward Mode screen display s. Use the 2[...]

  • Страница 438

    Operational Features 5-198 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 4. Pre ss the 4 Change naviga tion key for the state you selected in St ep 3. Scroll to the CFWD Stat e screen. This dis plays the curr ent state of the mode you selected. In the follo wing example, the CFWD All stat e is ON. 5. Pre ss the 4 Change navigation key in the CFWD State screen. P[...]

  • Страница 439

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-199 10. For t he CFWD No Answer s tate, In the CFWD Number screen, press the 2 navigation ke y to scroll to the CFWD No . Rings screen and pr ess 4 Change . 11. Press 2 Next to select the number of rings to apply to the phone for call fo rwarding in coming calls . V alid valu es are 1 to 20. De[...]

  • Страница 440

    Operational Features 5-200 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 CFWD in Phone Mode IP Phone UI 1. Use the 3 and 4 navigation keys to scro ll through each account. In the above example, account 1 and account 2 are the accounts conf igu red o n the pho ne. B oth acco unts have CFWD ena ble d as indi cated by t he CFWD All message. Note: In Phone mode, whe[...]

  • Страница 441

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-201 4. Press the 4 Change key for the mode you selec ted in Step 2. Scroll to the CFWD State screen. This screen displays the current state of the mode you sele cted. In the follow ing example, the CFWD All state is ON. 5. Press the 4 Change key in the CFW D State screen. P ress 2 Next to toggl[...]

  • Страница 442

    Operational Features 5-202 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 10. F or the CFWD No Answer state, in the CFWD Number scr een, press the 2 naviga tion key to scroll to the CFWD No . Rings screen and pr ess 4 Chan ge. 11. Pre ss the 2 Next key to s elect t he numbe r of ring s to appl y to the ph one for cal l forwa rding inco ming calls . V alid val ues[...]

  • Страница 443

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-203 CFWD in C ustom M ode IP Phone UI 1. Use the 3 and 4 navigation keys to scroll through each a c count. In the above example, account 1 has CFWD All enabled and account 2 has CFWD B usy enabled . 2. Press the C all F orward key . The Call F or ward menu displays. Use the 2 and 5 navigation k[...]

  • Страница 444

    Operational Features 5-204 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 4. Pre ss the 4 Change key for the mode you selected in st ep 2. Scroll to the CFWD State screen. Th is displays the curr ent state of the mode y ou selected. In the fo llowing example , the CFWD All state is ON. 5. Pre ss the 4 Change key in the CFWD State screen. Press 2 Next to toggl e t[...]

  • Страница 445

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-205 10. For t he CFWD No Answer sta te, in the CFWD Number scr een, press the 2 navigation ke y to scroll to the CFWD No . Rings scree n and press 4 Change . 11. Press the 2 Next key to selec t the n umber o f rings t o appl y to the p hone fo r call for ward ing incom ing cal ls. Valid va lues[...]

  • Страница 446

    Operational Features 5-206 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Using CFWD via the IP Phone UI (8-Line and 11-Line Phones) Once CFWD is enabled on your phone, you can access and chan ge the configuration using the IP Phon e UI or the Aastr a W eb UI. Y ou can access the CFWD menus by pressing a pre- configured Call F o rward key , or by selecting Option[...]

  • Страница 447

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-207 CFWD in Acc ount Mode IP Phone UI 1. Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow k eys to scroll through each account. In the above example, Scr eenname1, Screenname2, and Screenname3, ar e three acc ounts configured on the phone. Scr eenname1 has “ CFWD Al l ” enabled, Screenname2 has “ CFWD Busy ?[...]

  • Страница 448

    Operational Features 5-208 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 4. Pre ss the CHANGE key for the mode you selected in step 2. This displays the Call F or ward State scr een. Note: Y ou can press the AllAccts key to copy the settings in the current Call F orward Se ttings screen for a spe cific call forward mode, to ev ery account on the phone. Every acc[...]

  • Страница 449

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-209 CFWD in Phone Mode IP Phone UI 1. Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow k eys to scroll through each account. In the above example, Scr eenname1, Screenname2, and Screenname3, are thr ee accounts config ured on the phone. Screenname1, 2 and 3 have “ CFWD All ” enabl ed. Note: In ”Phone” mode[...]

  • Страница 450

    Operational Features 5-210 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 4. Pre ss the CHANGE key for the mode you selected in step 2. This displays the Call F or ward State scr een. 5. Pre ss the CHANGE key in the CFWD State screen. With the cursor in the “ State ” field, togg le the state ON and O FF by pres sing the CHANGE key . 6. Use the DO WN ar row ke[...]

  • Страница 451

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-211 CFWD in C ustom M ode IP Phone UI 1. Use the RIGHT and LEFT arrow k eys to scroll through each account. In the above example, Scr eenname1, Screenname2, and Screenname3, ar e three acc ounts configured on the phone. Scr eenname1 has “ CFWD Al l ” enabled, Screenname2 has “ CFW D Busy [...]

  • Страница 452

    Operational Features 5-212 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 4. After selecting an account, pr ess CHANGE . The Call Fo rward Mode screen displays f or the acc ount you selected . Use the UP and DOWN arrow keys to scroll throu gh each state t ype. In the above ex ample, CFWD All is enabled as indicated by a check mark (  ), CFWD Busy is enabled bu[...]

  • Страница 453

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-213 5. Press the CHANGE key f or the mode you selected in step 4. This displays the Call F orward State screen. Note: Y ou can press the AllAccts key to copy the settings in the current Call F orward Se ttings screen for a specific call forward mode, to ev ery account on the phone. Every accoun[...]

  • Страница 454

    Operational Features 5-214 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring CFWD via the IP Phone UI (6739i) If you enable/disable CFWD using the configuration files or the A astra W eb UI, you can use the CFWD screens that dis- play to the . Y ou can a ccess the CFWD parameters b y pressing a configu r ed CFWD ke y (if previously configured) OR b y pre[...]

  • Страница 455

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-215 CFWD in Acc ount Mode IP Phone UI 1. Press the <Services> Key, th en press the < Call For ward > button. or Press a pr e- configured Call Forwa rd softkey . The follow ing screen displa ys. 2. Use the and keys to scroll the list of a ccounts and select an account to apply CFWD. [...]

  • Страница 456

    Operational Features 5-216 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 CFWD in Phone Mode IP Phone UI 1. Pre ss the <Services> Key , then press the < Call For ward > button. or Pre ss a pre-configured Call F orwar d softkey . The fo llowing scr een displays . 2. Select the parameter you want to enable (ALL, BUSY , and/or NO AN SWER). Selec ting the[...]

  • Страница 457

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-217 CFWD in C ustom M ode IP Phone UI 1. Press the <Services> Key, th en press the < Call For ward > button. or Press a pr e- configured Call Forwa rd softkey . The follow ing screen displa ys. 2. Use the and keys to scroll the list of a ccounts and select an account to apply CFWD. [...]

  • Страница 458

    Operational Features 5-218 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring Call Forward via the IP Phone UI (6867i) Once Call Fo r ward is enabled on your phone, you can a ccess the Call F orward menus by pressing a pre- configured C all Fo r wa rd key , or by selec ting Options > Call Forward from the IP phone UI. CFWD in Ac count Mode 11. T o conf[...]

  • Страница 459

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-219 CFWD in Phone Mode 7. Using the 2 navigation key , move to the On checkbox beside the respective Call F orward mode and press the button to enable the Call Forward mode. 8. Press the Sa v e softkey to save your changes. IP Phone UI 1. Press the configured Ca ll Fwd softkey or press , naviga[...]

  • Страница 460

    Operational Features 5-220 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 CFWD in Custom Mode IP Phone UI 1. Pre ss the configured C all Fw d softkey or press , navigate to the Call For ward option and press the button or Select softkey. The Call F orward screen displa ys. 2. Pre ss the 3 or 4 navigation keys to change to the desired account. Note: Select All Ac [...]

  • Страница 461

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-221 SIP Phone Diversion Display When an outgoing call fr om the phone is being diverted to another destination (i.e . via call forward), the phone displays the Caller ID (phone number and/or caller name) of the new dest ination an d the reason for the call diversion. Similarly , at the new dest[...]

  • Страница 462

    Operational Features 5-222 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 This parameter is useful in such cases where a call manager wil l intentionally modify the display na me according to a specific scenario. F or example, if a Manager for wards an incoming call to an employee, the call manager may modify the display name to state “--> [ Manager ’ s Na[...]

  • Страница 463

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-223 Displaying Call Destination for Incoming C alls The IP Phones all ow an Admin istrator t o enable and disable the ca ll destination name in the “TO” header of the INVITE message for incoming calls. When this feature is enabled, the call destination name displays on the L CD of the ph on[...]

  • Страница 464

    Operational Features 5-224 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 When you do wnload the C allers List, the phone stor es the c allerlist.csv file to your compute r in comma-separat ed value (CS V ) form at. Y ou can use any spre adsheet application t o open the file for viewing . The follo wing is an example of a Callers List in a spreadsheet application[...]

  • Страница 465

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-225 3. T o dial a displayed entry from the Callers List, pick up the handset, pr ess the key , or press a line key . Note: After selecting a number from the Caller s List, you can edit the number if necessary . 4. T o delete all entries in the Callers list, pr ess the 3 Delete key at the "[...]

  • Страница 466

    Operational Features 5-226 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Downloading the Callers List Use the following procedure to download the Callers List using the Aastra W eb UI. Customizable C allers List and Ser vices K eys The IP phones may have a Callers List ke y and a Ser vice s key (as a har d key or softkey/pr ogr ammable key) dependi ng on your mo[...]

  • Страница 467

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-227 Missed Calls Indic ator The IP phone has a "missed calls" indicato r that incremen ts the number of missed ca ll s to the phone. This feature is acces- sible from the IP phone UI o nly . Y ou can enable and disable the Missed Call s Indicator feature using the configuration files.[...]

  • Страница 468

    Operational Features 5-228 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Director y List The IP phones have a " Director y List " f eature that allows you t o stor e freq uently used names and numbers on the phone. Y ou can also dial directly from the director y entry. Director y List Capabilities In the Director y List a user or admin i strat or can s[...]

  • Страница 469

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-229 a spreadsheet application. This is an admin istr ator and user function. The file displays the name, ph one number(s), and line number(s) f or each Director y entry . Enabling/Disabli ng Directory List Y ou can enable and disable user access to the Dir ector y List on the IP phones using th[...]

  • Страница 470

    Operational Features 5-230 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 The f ollowing dir ectory entries are consider ed valid: # our company's directory # updated 1 jan 2012 # mode = private, by defaul t # joe foo bar, 123456789, 6 # line = 1, by default # mode = private, by defaul t # snidley whiplash, 000111222 # the parser ignores the CO MMA # in the [...]

  • Страница 471

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-231 Using the Directory List Use the fo llowing pr ocedur es to access an d use the Directory List. Note: In the following procedure, the locati on of keys (hard keys , softkeys, an d programmable key s) on the phone are dependant on your specific phone model. See Chapter 1, “Over view” , f[...]

  • Страница 472

    Operational Features 5-232 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Using the Director y on the 6739i Acc essing and Sea rching the Directory Use the following procedur es to access and search f or entries in your Dir ectory List. T o delete all entries from the Dir ectory List: 7. a. At the Directory List header , press DELETE or DELETE LIST (depending on [...]

  • Страница 473

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-233 Using the Search F eature in the Director y Dialing from the Directory Y ou can dial a phone number or ex tension directly from an entry in t he Directory List. Adding an Entry Y ou can add up to 200 entries to yo ur Directory. Y ou can also store up to a maximum of 7 numbers associated wit[...]

  • Страница 474

    Operational Features 5-234 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Editing an Entry Y ou can edit a Directory entr y , number , and/or la bel as requir ed from a single entry screen. Dele ti ng a n En try Y o u can delete entries from the Dire c tory List in the following way s: • Delete a single entry and all associated numbers and labels • Delete all[...]

  • Страница 475

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-235 Download ing from the Ser ver to the IP Phone Y ou can use the configuration files to download the Direc tory List from the configuration ser ver to the IP phone.. Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to conf igure the down load. Downloading from the IP Phone t o the Server Y ou can use the Aastr[...]

  • Страница 476

    Operational Features 5-236 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Use the following procedure to configure the downloa d. Loca l Di rec to ry Loos e Nu mb er Ma tch ing If the incoming calling number does not match exac tly to the local director y , the lookup will fa il and the phone will not display the st ored dir ectory name. Now , the phone can be co[...]

  • Страница 477

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-237 Customizable Director y List K ey The IP phones may have a Director y List key (either a h ar d key or sof tkey/programmable key) depending on the mo del of the phone . An A dministrat or can specify a URI o verride f or the Dir ectory List key by definin g the “ director y script” para[...]

  • Страница 478

    Operational Features 5-238 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 F or example: sip line1 vmail: *97 sip line2 vmail: *95 Use the following procedure to configure voicemail using the c onfiguration files . Using V oicemail Use the following procedure to access and use voicemail. F rom a selected item in the V oicemail lis t, you can a lso lift the handset[...]

  • Страница 479

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-239 V isual Indic ators for V oicemail on SCA- Configured Lines Visual indicators for voicemail messages on Shared Call Appearance (SCA) lines have been impl emented on the 9480i, 9480i C T , 6735i, 6737 i, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i C T model IP ph ones. The parameter “ voic e mail indicator ?[...]

  • Страница 480

    Operational Features 5-240 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 PIN and Authorization Code Suppression Certain f eatures on MX -ONE r equire a PIN/authorization code to be entered on the phone (for example: to register , for authorization, locking/un lock ing, or accounting). The number format is the following: *<feature code>*PIN# or *<f eatur[...]

  • Страница 481

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-241 XML Customized Ser vices Extensible Markup Language (XML) is a markup langu age much like HTML. HTML was designed to display data and to focus on ho w data looks . XML was designed t o describe data and to focus on what data is . The following are characteristics of XML: • XML tags ar e n[...]

  • Страница 482

    Operational Features 5-242 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Y ou can also use the following attributes/options wit h th e XML objec ts to further cust omize your XML applications: Attribute/Option Description/Usage Va l id Val u es Beep Enables or disables a BEEP option to indicate a status on the phone. Use with : XML object (See the Aastra XML Dev[...]

  • Страница 483

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-243 Enabling/Disabli ng a Beep for Status Message Displays Y ou can e nable or disable a BEEP option using the Status Message objec t (AastraIPPhoneStatus), the configuration files, or the Aastra W eb UI. When the phon e r eceives a status message, the BEEP notifies t he user that the message i[...]

  • Страница 484

    Operational Features 5-244 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 F or more information about creating XML configurat ion scripts and for XML script examples , see the Aastra XML Devel- oper’ s Guide . Configuring the Pho ne to use XML Y ou can configur e the phone to request the XML objec ts y ou cr eate by configuring specific parameters via the confi[...]

  • Страница 485

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-245 Example Configuration of XML Ap plication The following example shows the parameters you enter in th e configuration files to configure an XML application: xml application URI: http://172.1 6.96.63/aastra/internet.php xml application title: Aastra Tel ecom xml application post list: 10.50. [...]

  • Страница 486

    Operational Features 5-246 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 6. In the " XML Application URI " fie ld, ente r th e HT T P se rv er pa th o r qu ali fied dom ain nam e of the XML app lic ati on yo u wan t to loa d to t he I P phone. F or example, you could enter an XML application cal led "h ttp://172. 16.96.63/aastra/internet. php"[...]

  • Страница 487

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-247 Using the XML Customized Ser vic e After you create, save, and configure the IP phone with an XML application, t he cust omized ser vic e is ready for you to use. Refe rence F or more information about customizing the ph ones using XML obj ects, conta ct Aastra Cust omer Support regar ding [...]

  • Страница 488

    Operational Features 5-248 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Ac tion URI s The IP phones have a feature that allows an administrator to specify a uniform resource identifier (URI) that triggers a GET when cer tain events occur . The IP pho ne events that suppor t this featur e are: The IP phones have a feature that allows an administrator to specify [...]

  • Страница 489

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-249 The following table identifies the configur able action URI para meters in the configuration files and the Aastra W eb UI. This table also identifies the variables that apply to specific parameters . Action URIs and As sociated V ariables Registration Eve nt Specifies the URI for when regis[...]

  • Страница 490

    Operational Features 5-250 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 V ariable D escriptions The f ollowing table pr ovides a descriptio n of each variable . action uri incoming Incoming Call $$REMO TENUMBER$$ $$DISPLA YNAME$$ $$SIPUSERNAME$$ $$INCOMINGNAME$ $$LINEST A TE $$ $$CALLDURA TION$$ $$CALLDIREC TION$$ $$L OCALIP$$ action uri outgoing Outgoing Call [...]

  • Страница 491

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-251 How it W orks When a star tup , successful r egistration, incoming call , outgoi ng call, offhook, or onho ok call event occurs on the phone, the phone ch ecks to see if the event has an ac tion URI config ured . If the phones finds a URI configured, any variables con- figured (in the form [...]

  • Страница 492

    Operational Features 5-252 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 and you dial out the number 555 1212, the phone executes a GE T on: http://10.50.10.140/outgoin g.pl?number=5551212 Y ou can configure this f eature via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI. Configuring XML Action URIs Use the following procedures to configure XML Action UR Is using[...]

  • Страница 493

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-253 3. Enter an XML URI for a succ essful registra tion in the “ Succ essful Registration ” field. F or example: http://10.50.10.14/registered.p hp?auth name=$$SIP AUTHNAME$$ This parameter specifies the URI f or which the phone execute s a GET on when a successful registration even t occur[...]

  • Страница 494

    Operational Features 5-254 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Polling A ction URIs Another way to reach a pho ne behind a NA T/firewall is to have the phone make an XML call at periodic intervals. An Administrator can use the action uri poll parameter that commands the phon e to per form an XM L call at configurable intervals. An Administr ator can sp[...]

  • Страница 495

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-255 Action URI Connec ted A paramet er called “ ac tion uri connected ” (configuration files) and “ Conn ec te d ” (Aastra Web UI) now allows XML scripts to determine when a ca ll is connected . When en abled, the p hone triggers an HTTP GET when it goes into the “ connected” state.[...]

  • Страница 496

    Operational Features 5-256 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Action URI Disconnected The phon es hav e a parame ter , “ ac tion uri disconnected ” that allo w a disc onnect event to occur when th e phone transi- tions from any active state (outgoing, incoming, connected, or calling) to an idle state. This parameter can use the varia- ble “ $$LI[...]

  • Страница 497

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-257 The Action URI Disconnect feature allows an Administrator to determine the reason for the disconnect if required. Exam ple If you enter the f ollowing string on Ph one A for the “ action uri disconnected” parameter: action uri disconnected: http://fargo.ana.aastra. com/disc onnected. xm[...]

  • Страница 498

    Operational Features 5-258 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 XML SIP Notify E vents In order f or an XML push to bypass the NA T/firewall, the phon e supports a pr oprietar y SIP NO TIFY event (aastra-xml) with or without XML content. An Administrator can enable/disable t he SIP NOTIFY event using a specific parameter in the configuration files ( sip[...]

  • Страница 499

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-259 If the content is empty in the SIP NOTIFY , the phone au tomatically triggers a new pre- configured action uri ( action uri xml sip noti fy ). Example of a SI P NO TIFY with X ML Content NOTIFY sip:200@10.30.100.103:5060 SIP/2.0 Via: SIP/2.0/UDP 10.30.100.103:50 60;branch=z9hG4bK7bbc1fac;rp[...]

  • Страница 500

    Operational Features 5-260 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Also to ensure that the S IP NO TIFY is coming from a truste d source, it is r ecommended that you enable the Wh itelist fe a- ture ( Whitelist Pr oxy parameter) on the IP phon e . If enabled, and the phon e rec eives a SIP NOTIFY from a server that is NOT on the whitelist, the phone rejec [...]

  • Страница 501

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-261 Configuring XML SIP NOTIFY using the Aastra W eb UI if an Empty SIP NOTIFY Message Rec eived by the Phone Use the f ollow ing proc edure in the Aastra W eb UI t o configu re the XML SIP NO TIFY parame ter when th e phone r eceiv es an empty SIP NO TIFY message. XML Softk ey URI In addition [...]

  • Страница 502

    Operational Features 5-262 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 When an administrator enters an XML softke y URI either via th e Aastra W eb UI or the configuration files, they can specify the following variables: • $$SIPUSERNAME$$ • $$SIP AUTHNAME$$ • $$PROXYURL$$ • $$LINEST A TE$$ • $$L OCALIP$$ • $$REMO TENUMBER$$ • $$DISPLA YNAME$$ •[...]

  • Страница 503

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-263 Aastr a W eb UI For 8 and 11-Line L CD phones: 1. Click o n Operation->Softkeys and XML . 2. Select a key from key s 1 through 20. 3. In the " Ty p e " field, select XML from the list bo x. 4. In the " Label " field, ente r a label that dis plays on the IP pho ne for [...]

  • Страница 504

    Operational Features 5-264 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 XML K ey Redirection The IP phones allow the redirecting of phone -based hard keys to XML scripts. This allows the server to provide the phone with Redial , T ransfer (Xfer ), Conf er ence ( Conf ), and Inter com (Ic om) key f eatures , and the V oic email option feature, rather then access[...]

  • Страница 505

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-265 Configuring XML Redirection of the Redial, Xfer , Conf , and Icom K eys, and the V oicema il Option Use the f ollo wing proc edure to conf igure XML r edirection of the Redial, Xf er , Conf , a nd Icom key s, an d the V oice mail option. Options K ey R edirection The IP phones allow th e re[...]

  • Страница 506

    Operational Features 5-266 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring the Off-Hook Interac tion F eature Use the following procedure to configure the XM L application and off-ho ok interaction feature. XML URI for K ey Press Sim ulation The Phones provide a f eature that allow an XML Developer or Administrator to define XML Key URIs that can send [...]

  • Страница 507

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-267 Configurable Indic ation of T e rminated C alls An Administrator ca n configure a paramete r called, “ far-end disconnec t timer ” which allow s you to enable or disabl e whether or not the near-end phone display s a disconnected scr een with a “ Call T erminated” message when the f[...]

  • Страница 508

    Operational Features 5-268 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Handling Call T ermination S creens on the Phone UI The following pr ocedure describes how to handle the call terminated screens on your phone. Centralized Conferencing (for S ylantro and Broadsoft Ser vers) The IP phones include support for centralized conferencing (Ad-Hoc confer encing) f[...]

  • Страница 509

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-269 Configuring Centralized Conferenc ing Using the Aastra W e b UI Use the following procedure to configure centralized confer encing using the A astra W e b UI. Confi guration F iles For specific parameters y ou can set in the conf iguration files, see Appendix A, the sec tion, “C entralize[...]

  • Страница 510

    Operational Features 5-270 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Per-Line C onfigura tion 1. Click on A dvanced Settings->Line <#>- >Basic SIP Network Settings 2. In t he “ Conference Server URI ” field, do one of the following actions: • T o disable centralized conf erencing on th is line, leav e this field empty (blank). • T o enabl[...]

  • Страница 511

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-271 Custom Ad-Hoc Conference Pr eviously , the phone will wait for server respon se prior to completing the ad-hoc and central ized conf er ence fea ture . This results in an inter operability issue with cer tain call managers , such as Genband. No w the phone n o longer waits f or server respo[...]

  • Страница 512

    Operational Features 5-272 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Conferenc e/T ransfer Sup por t for Liv e Dial Mode By default, w hen users are initiating a conference call or transfer , they will n ot hear a dial tone before dialing begins (pre - dial mode). The phone does not automatica lly dial out the number until the user presses the “C onf ” o[...]

  • Страница 513

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-273 Configuring Broadsoft CMS Supp ort via the Configur ation Files Configure Broadsoft CMS suppor t on the IP Phon e using the follo wing parameters in the configuration files: • http digest force login • http digest username • http digest password Using the IP Phone when Broadsoft CMS i[...]

  • Страница 514

    Operational Features 5-274 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Customizing the Display Columns on the M675i Expansion Module The M675i Expansion M odule screen displays softkeys in colu mn format. T he function keys on th e bottom left of the Module allow you to display 3 full screens of softkeys. Each sc reen c onsists of 2 colu mns with the f ollowin[...]

  • Страница 515

    Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 5-275 Expansion Module 1 (3 pages) • expmod1page1lef t • expmod1page1right • expmod1page2lef t • expmod1page2right • expmod1page3lef t • expmod1page3right Expansion Module 2 (3 pages) • expmod2page1lef t • expmod2page1right • expmod2page2lef t • expmod2page2right • expmod2pa[...]

  • Страница 516

    Operational Features 5-276 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 These settings display t o the Expansion Modu le as shown in the following illustrations. Customizing the M675i Expans ion Module Column Display Configur ation F iles F or specific paramet ers yo u can set i n the c onf iguration files, see Appendix A, the sec tion, “ Customizing M675i Ex[...]

  • Страница 517

    41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 6-1 Chapter 6 Configuring Advanced Operational Features About this Chapter The IP phones have a dvanced oper ational featu res you ca n c onfigure using the configuration files and/or the Aastra W eb UI. This chapter describe s each of these features and pr ovides procedures f or configuring each feature. To p i c s T[...]

  • Страница 518

    About this Chapter 6-2 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configurable “ Allow ” and “ Allow-Event” Optional Headers page6-31 Configurable S IP P-A sserted Identity (P AI) page6-32 Configurable Route Header in SIP Packet page6-33 Configurable Compact SIP Header page6-33 Reject INV or BYE when Unsupported V alue in REQUIRE Header pag[...]

  • Страница 519

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6- 3 A dvanc ed Oper ational F eatures Des cr ip t io n This section provides the following informatio n about advanced featur es of the IP phone s: Feature Descriptio n TR-069 Suppor t The IP Phones support the T e chnical Report ( TR) 069 Pr otocol, a P rotocol that pr ovides the commu[...]

  • Страница 520

    Advanced Operational Features 6-4 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 TR-069 Sup por t The IP Phones suppor t the T echnical Report ( TR)-069 Pr otocol. This Pr otocol is a bi- dir ection al HT TP based protocol that provides the communi cation between Customer-P remises Equi pment (CPE) (like the IP Phones) an d A uto Configuration Ser vers ( ACS) over[...]

  • Страница 521

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6- 5 In addition to configuring the phone with TR-069, you can also do the following: • Reboot the ph one • Reset to factor y defaults • Update the firmwar e of the device • Backup/restore c onfiguration • Upload the log file Refe rence F or more information about TR-069, see t[...]

  • Страница 522

    Advanced Operational Features 6-6 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Aastra W eb UI 1. Click on Advanced Settings->Global SIP->Advanc ed SIP Setting. 2. Enable the " Send MAC Address in REGISTER Message " field by checking the check bo x. (Disable this field by unchecking the box). 3. Enable the " Send Line Number in REGISTER Messa[...]

  • Страница 523

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6- 7 SIP Message Sequence for Blind T ransfer The SIP message sequence for Blind T ransfer avoids the transfer target having two simultaneous calls. Prior to release 1.4, a CANCEL message was sent to the transf er target (if it was in a ringing state) af ter sendin g a REFER to the trans[...]

  • Страница 524

    Advanced Operational Features 6-8 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Update Ca ller ID During a Call It is possible for a proxy or call ser ver to updat e the Caller ID information that displays on the ph one during a call, by modifying the SIP Contact header in the re -INVITE message . The phone displays the update d name and number informa- tion cont[...]

  • Страница 525

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6- 9 Auto- disco very Using mDNS The IP phones can pe rform an auto -discover y of all ser vers on a network using mDNS. When the IP ph one discovers a TFTP ser v er , it is automatically configured by that TFTP ser ver . An unconfigur ed phone (pho ne right out of the box) a dded to a n[...]

  • Страница 526

    Advanced Operational Features 6-10 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring Single C all R estriction Missed Call Summar y Subscription The “ Missed C all Summary Subscription ” f eature allows missed calls that h av e been redirected by the ser ver , to be incremented in the missed calls indicator on the phone it was in itially directed to .[...]

  • Страница 527

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-11 Configurin g Missed C all Summary Subscription using the C onfiguratio n F iles In addition to e nabling/disabling the Mi ssed Call Summary Subscription, Y ou can al so configur e the amount of time, in seconds, that the phone uses this featur e. The timer is configurable on a globa[...]

  • Страница 528

    Advanced Operational Features 6-12 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 F or ser v er-side ACD , when you press the AC D softkey , the screen that displays is dependan t on the state of the ACD sub- scription. Possible sta te for AC D are: • Log ged O ut - User has the option of logging in. • Log ged I n - User has the option of logging out o r makin[...]

  • Страница 529

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-13 Blacklist Duration The Black list Duration f eature helps to reduce unnecessary delay s during proxy/registrar server failures, caused by the IP phone repeatedly sending SIP messages to a failed ser ver . If y ou enable this feature, then whenever the IP phon e sends a SIP message t[...]

  • Страница 530

    Advanced Operational Features 6-14 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring Blacklist Duration Usi ng the Configur ation F iles Use the f ollo wing paramet er to c onfigure the Bl acklist Duration in the configuration files: • sip blacklist duration Configuring a Server Blacklist Using the Aastra W eb UI Y ou use the following procedure to conf[...]

  • Страница 531

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-15 Whitelist Proxy T o protect your IP phon e network, you can configure a “ Whitelist Proxy ” feature that screens incoming call requests received by the IP phones. When this feature is enabled, an IP phone accepts call requests from a trusted pro xy ser ver only . The IP phone re[...]

  • Страница 532

    Advanced Operational Features 6-16 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring Whitelist P roxy Using the Aastra W eb UI Use the following procedure to configure the Whitelist Proxy feature using the Aastra Web UI. T ranspor t Layer Securit y ( TLS) The IP Phones suppor t a transport protocol called T ranspor t Lay er Security ( TLS) and Pe rs i st [...]

  • Страница 533

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-17 TLS is composed of tw o lay ers: the TLS Reco rd P rot ocol and th e TLS handshake protocol. The TLS Record P rotocol provides co nne cti on s ecu rit y w ith som e en cr ypt ion met hod suc h as the Data Enc r ypt ion Stan da rd (D ES). The TLS Han dsh ake Pr oto - col allows the s[...]

  • Страница 534

    Advanced Operational Features 6-18 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring TLS Using the Configur ation F iles Y ou use the following par ameters t o configur e TLS in the configura tion files: • sip transport protocol • sips persistent tls • sip persistent tls k eep aliv e • sip send sips over tls • sips root and intermediat e certifi[...]

  • Страница 535

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-19 Configuring TLS Using the Aastra W eb UI T o configur e TLS using the Aastra Web UI, yo u must enable TLS or Persistent TLS firs t. Then you must define the TLS cer tif- icate file names that you want the phone to use. Use the fo llowing procedu re to co nfigure TLS using the Aa str[...]

  • Страница 536

    Advanced Operational Features 6-20 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 802.1x Sup por t The IP phones support the IEEE 802.1x protocol. The 802.1x pr ot ocol is a standard f or passing Extensible Authentication Pr otoc ol (EAP) o ver a wir ed or wir eless Lo cal Area Network (LAN ). The 802.1x protocol on the IP phone facilitates media-level access cont[...]

  • Страница 537

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-21 Configuring the 802.1x Protocol Using the Configur ation Files Y ou use the following parameters to configure the 802.1x Protocol on your phone usin g the configuration files. Fo r E A P- MD 5 us e : • eap type • identity • md5 passwor d • pc por t passthr ough enabled Fo r [...]

  • Страница 538

    Advanced Operational Features 6-22 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 6. Select EAP-MD5 to configure the phone to use MD5 authentication; or Select EAP- TLS to configur e the phone to use TLS authentic ation. Note: The 802.1x Protocol is disabled by default. If you select EAP- TLS authentication , you must use the configuration files or the A astra W e[...]

  • Страница 539

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-23 For the 6739i For the 6867i IP Phone UI 1. Press to enter the Options List. 2. Press Adv ance d and enter your Adminis trator password using the p op-up keyboa rd . 3. Press Network . 4. Press the b utton to sc roll to the n ext pa ge. 5. Press Ethern et & VLAN . 6. Press 802.1x[...]

  • Страница 540

    Advanced Operational Features 6-24 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring the 802.1x Protocol Using the A astra W eb UI Use the following procedure to configure the 802 .1x Pr otocol on your phon e using the Aastra Web UI. 9. Pre ss the Sav e softkey . 10. Restart the phone for the selection to take aff ect. Aastra W eb UI 1. Click on Advanced [...]

  • Страница 541

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-25 Sy m me t r i c U D P S i gn a l in g By default, the IP phones use symmetric UDP signaling for outgoing UDP SIP messages. Wh en symmetric UDP is enabled, the IP phone generates and listens for UDP messages using port 5060. Y ou can manually disable symmetric UDP sig naling using th[...]

  • Страница 542

    Advanced Operational Features 6-26 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring S ymmetric TLS Si gnaling Using the Configur ation F iles Y ou use the following paramet er to enable or disabl e S ymmetric TLS Signaling in the configura tion files: • sips symmetric tls signaling Remo ving UserAgent and Ser v er SIP Headers Currently , the phone alwa[...]

  • Страница 543

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-27 GRUU and sip .instanc e Sup por t Globally Routable User-Agent URIs (GRUUs) provide a way for an yone on the Interne t to route a call to a specific instance of a User-A gent. The IP phones provide GRUU support usin g draf t-ietf-sip-gruu-15. A sip.instance is added to all non- GRUU[...]

  • Страница 544

    Advanced Operational Features 6-28 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Using mandatory billing codes , if the user is configuring a Speed Dial number , then they enter the number using the following format: – <phonenumber>%23<billingcode> T o use this format with the default dial plan terminator (#), the # sign required by Sylantro as a de[...]

  • Страница 545

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-29 Y ou can configure the phone to use any one of these meth ods by entering the applicable v alue in the configuration files: Configuring the DNS Query Method Y ou can configure the DNS query method for the ph one to use f or performing DNS lookups using the follo wing paramete r in t[...]

  • Страница 546

    Advanced Operational Features 6-30 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Enabling/Disab ling “Out of Order SIP Requ ests” Use the f ollowing pr ocedur e to enable/disabl e “ out of order SIP re quests ” . “Early- Only” Par ameter in Replac es Header RFC3891 The phones suppor t the “ early- only ” parameter in the “Repla ces” header as [...]

  • Страница 547

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-31 Reason Header F ield in SIP Message The IP Phones support the r eceiving of th e Reason Header Fi eld in a SIP CANCEL message, as described in RFC3326. This allows a call that is answered fr om somewhere else to still display in the Callers List. Also , the missed calls indicato r a[...]

  • Страница 548

    Advanced Operational Features 6-32 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configurable SIP P -Asser ted Identity (P AI) The IP Phones suppor t a private extension to SIP for Asserted Identity within trusted networ ks (as defined in RFC 3325 ). This featur e allows a network of trusted SIP ser vers to assert the identity of au thenticated users, a nd v erif[...]

  • Страница 549

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-33 Configur able R oute Hea der in SIP P ack et The IP Phones support the following parameter: • sip remove route This parameter ena bles or disables the addition of the Route header in a SIP packet. Enable this parameter f or outbound proxies tha t do not support R oute headers . En[...]

  • Страница 550

    Advanced Operational Features 6-34 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 This parameter allo ws you to enable (1) or disab le (0) the reje ction of an INV or BY E with a “420 Bad Extension ” if the INV or BYE contains an unsuppor ted value in the REQUIRE header . Enabling/Disabling a Rejection of the INV or BY E Use the following procedure to enable/d[...]

  • Страница 551

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-35 Key:ExpM od3SoftKey1 to Key :ExpMod3SoftKey<n> E xpansion module 3 sof t keys 1 to <n> (v alid softkeys depend on the number of physical softkeys on the expansion modu le) Vo l um e Ke y Ke y : Vol D wn Vo lu me D ec re as e Ke y Ke y : Vol Up Vo lu me I nc re as e Ke y [...]

  • Страница 552

    Advanced Operational Features 6-36 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Examples There are two ways to format the XML key URI: For XML Post Messages <ExecuteItem URI="<XML Key URI>" /> Example: <ExecuteItem URI="Key: Line 1" /> F or XML K ey Scripts <URI><XML Key URI></URI> Example: <URI>Key: [...]

  • Страница 553

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-37 Configuring “DNS Host ” Pre-caching Configuring DNS “Ser vice (SRV) Records” Pre- c aching In addition to using a host file to resolve host na mes to IP addresses, an Administrator can also c onfigure DNS “SRV reco rds” (Se rv ice Re cords) for geo graphi c redun danc y [...]

  • Страница 554

    Advanced Operational Features 6-38 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 In the following example, both the priori ty and weight fields ar e used to pro vide a c ombination of load balancing and backup ser vice . Example sip dns srv1 name: _sip._ud p.example.com sip dns srv1 priority: 10 sip dns srv1 weight: 60 sip dns srv1 port: 5060 sip dns srv1 target:[...]

  • Страница 555

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-39 Configuring DNS SRV R ecord Pre- caching 1. Using a text-based editing appl ication, open the aastra.cfg file. 2. Enter the parameter , “ sip dns srvX name ” , where “X” is a val ue from 1 to 4. Enter a value for the DNS SRV ser vice URI. F or example: sip dns srv1 name: _si[...]

  • Страница 556

    Advanced Operational Features 6-40 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configur able T ranspor t Protoc ol for SIP Ser vic es and RT CP Summar y Rep o r ts P aramete rs have bee n implemented allo wing administr ators the abil ity to independantly co nfigure the tr ansport proto- cols used by SIP services (e.g. the SIP XML Notify ser vice) and RTCP summ[...]

  • Страница 557

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-41 When the username alphanumeric input order parameter is defined as “ 1 ” , the respective digi t will be av ailable as the first input option follow ed by upper case and then lower case letter s. F o r exa mple, when pressing “2” on the keypad with this paramete r enabled, t[...]

  • Страница 558

    Advanced Operational Features 6-42 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Active V oice- o ver-IP (V oIP ) Rec ording Active V oIP recording is suppor ted by the IP phones. When using the IP phones with an Aastra call man ager suppor ting voice recordi ng an d a reco rding system with the p redefi ned s u bset of the SIP inter face, administrators can conf[...]

  • Страница 559

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-43 00:53 402 Martin Croft L1 Lewis Button Drop Conf Xfer L1 Lewis Button 2. Dave Brundle 1. Martin Croft Leave Drop 8 and 11-Line L CDS Normal Call Conf erenc e Call Recording Ic ons L1 Lewis Button 12 : 45pm Mon Jan 1 Home DND Call Forward Hold Conf Mute Martin Croft 402 00:53 T ransf[...]

  • Страница 560

    Advanced Operational Features 6-44 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Moreover , the phone w ill , by default, play a periodic audible beep tone through the selected audio path notifying users that their call is being recorded. Playback of the be ep tone is configurable and if required , administrators ca n disable or set the playback interval of the b[...]

  • Страница 561

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-45 The Executive Name must match the name that is configured in the use r’ s profile, separated by a space or comma. F or example, if the “ Aler ting Custom Calling Line ID Name ” setti ng in the Broa dW orks W eb portal is defined as “[F] F iltrage -> Dupont, Francois ” ,[...]

  • Страница 562

    Advanced Operational Features 6-46 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 colon (i.e. “#61;*61” or “#61;#71” r espectively). Irrespective of a defin ed or undefined key value , when the F ilt er softkey is pr essed, Ex ecutive Call F ilt ering will be a cti- vated and the softkey ’ s corresponding LED will be lit. When the Filter softkey is press[...]

  • Страница 563

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-47 For Pro gr am mab le Keys prgkey1 type: filter prgkey1 value: “#61;*61” prgkey1 line: 1 For T op So ft keys topsoftkey1 type: filter topsoftkey1 label: Filter topsoftkey1 value: “#61;*61” topsoftkey1 line: 1 For Expansion Module Softkeys expmod1 key1 type: filter expmod1 key[...]

  • Страница 564

    Advanced Operational Features 6-48 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring the F ilter Softkey on the Assistant’ s Phone Using the Configur ation F iles T o configure the Filt er softkeys on the Assistant ’ s phone using the configuratio n files, you must enter “ fil ter ” f or the key types. For the labels (8 and 11-lin e phones only), [...]

  • Страница 565

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-49 topsoftkey2 line: 1 For Expansion Module Softkeys expmod1 key1 type: filter expmod1 key1 label: Filter-Stefan expmod1 key1 value: 4100 expmod1 key1 line: 1 expmod1 key2 type: filter expmod1 key2 label: Filter-John expmod1 key2 value: 4101 expmod1 key2 line: 1 Speeddial Softk ey with[...]

  • Страница 566

    Advanced Operational Features 6-50 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring the Initiate Call Softkey on the Assistant’ s P hone Using the Configuration F iles T o configure the Initiate Call Speeddial softkeys on the Assistan t’ s phone using the configuration files, you must en ter “ speeddial ” for the key types. F o r th e labels (8 a[...]

  • Страница 567

    Advanced Operational Features 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 6-51 topsoftkey1 value: “#64” topsoftkey1 line: 1 topsoftkey2 type: speeddial topsoftkey2 label: Init2 topsoftkey2 value: “#644052” topsoftkey2 line: 1 topsoftkey3 type: speeddial topsoftkey3 label: Init3 topsoftkey3 value: “#644052*4059” topsoftkey3 line: 1 For Expansion Mod[...]

  • Страница 568

    7-1 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Chapter 7 Encrypted Files on the IP Phone About this Cha pter This chapter provides inf ormation about encr yption on the IP phones and pro vides methods an administrator can use to store encrypted files to a server . T opics This chapter covers the following topics: To p i c Pag e Encrypted Files on the IP Phone [...]

  • Страница 569

    Encrypted Files on the IP Phone 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 7- 2 Encr ypted F iles on the IP Phone An encr yption feature f or the IP phone allows Service Providers the capability of storing encr ypted files on their ser ver to protect against unauthorized access and tampering of sensitive information (i.e ., user accounts , login passw ords, r[...]

  • Страница 570

    Encrypted Files on the IP Phone 7-3 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Procedure to Encr ypt Configur ation Files T o encr ypt the IP phone configuration files (using a Microsoft Windows OS): C:> anacrypt.exe -h Provides encryption of the configuration files used for the family of Aastra IP phones. Copyright (c) 2005-2012, Aa stra Technologies, Ltd[...]

  • Страница 571

    Encrypted Files on the IP Phone 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 7- 4 F or firmware version 2.2.0 a nd above: C:> anacrypt -i -p 1234abcd or C:> anacrypt -i -p 1234abcd -v2 F or any firm ware v ersion: C:> anacrypt -i -p 1234abcd -v1 Exam ple 2 Encr ypting a single aastra.cfg file with password 1234abcd (for firmware version 3.3.1): C:&[...]

  • Страница 572

    Encrypted Files on the IP Phone 7-5 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configuring V endor Configuration F ile Encryption Use the following procedure to configure vendor configuration file encr yption on the IP Phone s . Configur ation F iles For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for automatic update, see Appendix A, the sectio[...]

  • Страница 573

    41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 8-1 Chapter 8 Upgrading the Firmware About this Chapter This chapter provides inf ormation ab out upgrading the IP phone firmware . To p i c s This chapter covers the following topics: To p i c Pa ge Upgrading the F irmware page8-2 Using the “Firmware Updat e” P age in the Aastra We b UI page8-2 Using th e R[...]

  • Страница 574

    Upgrading the F irmware 8-2 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Upgrading the F i rm ware The IP phones suppor t the protocols , TFTP , FTP , HT TP or HT TPS to download configuration files and upgrade firmware to the phones fr om a configura tion server . The configuration server should be ready and able to a ccep t connections. For informat ion on con[...]

  • Страница 575

    Upgrading the Firmware 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 8- 3 Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to manuall y update the fi rmwar e on your phon e from the spec ified configurat ion server . Aastr a W eb UI 1. Click o n Adv anced Settings->Firm war e Update. 2. In the “ File N ame ” field, enter the firmwar e file name ( <phone mode l>.st ) [...]

  • Страница 576

    Upgrading the F irmware 8-4 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Using the Restar t F eature Restar ting the phone forces the phone to check for both firmware and configuration files stored on the configur ation ser v er . Restarting the Phone Using the IP Phone UI 4. In the “ Server ” field, ent er the IP address in dotted decimal format, of the TF [...]

  • Страница 577

    Upgrading the Firmware 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 8- 5 Restarting the Phone Using the Aastra W eb UI Using the Auto-Resync F eature The auto-resync f eatur e on the IP phones al lows an administr ator to enable the phone t o be updated aut omatically onc e a day at a specific time in a 2 4-hour period if the files on the server have changed. T[...]

  • Страница 578

    Upgrading the F irmware 8-6 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 In the Aastra W eb UI, yo u can set th e following parameters at the path A dvanc ed Settings->Configur ation Server->Auto- Resync : • Mode • T ime (24 hours) • Maximum Delay • Day s Setting the “ auto resync max dela y ” ( Maximum Delay) and “auto resync days ” (Days)[...]

  • Страница 579

    Upgrading the Firmware 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 8- 7 Enabling Auto-Resync Using the Aastra W eb UI Use the fo llowing pr ocedur e to enable aut o-resync for the phones in your network. Aastr a W eb UI 1. Click o n Adv anced Settings->Configur a tion Server->A uto-Resync. 2. In the “ Mode ” field, s elect t he auto -resync m ode you[...]

  • Страница 580

    9-1 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Chapter 9 T roubleshooting About this Cha pter This chapter describes tasks that a system administrat or can per f orm on the IP phones for troubleshooting purposes. It also includes answers to questions yo u may have while using the IP phones . T opics This chapter covers the following topics: To p i c Pa ge T ro[...]

  • Страница 581

    Troubleshooting 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 9- 2 Tr o u b l e s h o o t i n g This section describes tasks that a system administrator can perform on the IP phones for troubleshooting purposes . Using the Aastra W eb UI, a system administrat or can: • Assign an IP address and IP por t to which lo g inf ormation will be transmitted • Filter [...]

  • Страница 582

    Troubleshooting 9-3 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Setting V alues for the Module/D ebu g Lev els There are 6 debug lev els for the modules . Each debug level has a value you can use t o turn individual levels ON and OFF . The f ollowing table iden tifies these debug lev els and their val ues. Th e value of “ 1 ” (fatal errors) is the default s[...]

  • Страница 583

    Troubleshooting 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 9- 4 Exam ple 3 log module rtpt: 0 log module ind: 65535 In the above example, all debug levels are OFF for the Rea l T i me T ransport mo dule . All debug levels are ON for the indica- tor module. Y ou can set the M odule/Debug L evels using th e configuration files or the Aastra W eb UI. Reference s[...]

  • Страница 584

    Troubleshooting 9-5 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Performing T roublesho oting T asks Use the following procedures to per form troubleshooting on the IP phone via the configuration files or the Aastra Web UI. Configur ation F iles For specific parameters you can set in the configuration files, see Appendix A , the sec tion, “Log Settings” on p[...]

  • Страница 585

    Troubleshooting 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 9- 6 Reference F or information that describes solutions to most common problems using the IP phones, see the nex t section, “T r o ub l e - shooting Solution s ” on page9-12. Wa t c h D o g T a s k F e a t u r e The IP Phones include a troublesho oting feature called the “ Wa t c hD o g ” [...]

  • Страница 586

    Troubleshooting 9-7 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Enabling/Disabling W a tchDog Use the f ollowing pr ocedur e to enable/disabl e the W atchDog . Use the f ollowing pr ocedur e to enable/disabl e the W atchDog task f or the IP Phon es using the Aastra W eb UI. Y ou can also view the “Crash Log” generated by th e WatchDog task using the Aastra [...]

  • Страница 587

    Troubleshooting 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 9- 8 Error Messages Display An Administrator can view gen erated error messages that may have occurred during star tup or reboot of the IP Phones. The IP Phone UI has a sel ection on the Phon e Status page called, “ Error Messages ” at the location, Option s->Phone Status- >Error Messages . [...]

  • Страница 588

    Troubleshooting 9-9 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Viewing the Error Messages Using the Aastra W eb UI Use the f ollowing pr ocedur e to view the error messa ges, if any , that generated during star tup. W arning Message Display Pr eviously when a phone fails to dow nload from the first c o nfiguration server as listed in the Fully Qu alified Domai[...]

  • Страница 589

    Troubleshooting 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 9-10 The follo wing table identifies the methods you can use to r etr ieve support information from the phone to the pre -de fined ser ver when the above configuration parameters are enabled. When this feat ure is enab led, the phone sen ds the follow ing suppor t informat ion files to the server: •[...]

  • Страница 590

    Troubleshooting 9-11 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Generating and Sending Suppor t Information from the Aastra W eb UI Use the following procedure to generate and send Sup port I nf ormation files to the ser v er . Limitations • If sending the Suppor t Information files to a folder on the server , then writing privileges must be allowed f or tha[...]

  • Страница 591

    Troubleshooting Solutions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 9-12 T roubleshooting Solutions Des cr ip t io n This section describes solutions to some most common problems that ca n occur while using the IP phones. Why does m y phone display “ A pplication missing”? If you have experienced net working issues while the phone was downloading the app[...]

  • Страница 592

    Troubleshooting Solutions 9-13 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Why does m y phone display "Bad Encrypted Config"? The IP phone displays "Bad Encr ypted Config" because e ncr ypted configuration files are enabled but the decr yption proc ess has failed. Specific ca ses wher e decryption fails are: Rea son The site-specific passwor[...]

  • Страница 593

    Troubleshooting Solutions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 9-14 How do I restar t the IP phone? IP Phone UI 1. Press on the pho ne to enter the Options Li st. 2. Select Restart Phone . 3. Fo r 3-Line L CD Displays: Press # to conf irm. Note: T o cancel the Restar t, pr ess the 3 key . Fo r 8 and 11-Line LCD Displ ays: Press Restart . Note: T o cance[...]

  • Страница 594

    Troubleshooting Solutions 9-15 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 How do I set the IP phone to f actor y default? IP Phone UI 1. Press on the p hone to enter the Options L ist. 2. Select Administra tor Menu and enter your Administrator Password (defaul t is 22222 ). 3. Select Fa c to r y De f a ul t . 4. For 3-Line LCD Displays: The “ Restore Default[...]

  • Страница 595

    Troubleshooting Solutions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 9-16 How do I er ase the phone’ s local c onfigur ation? Aastr a W eb UI 1. Click o n Opera tion->Reset->C urrent Settings. 2. In the " Restore to F ac tory Defaults " field, click Restore . This restores all factory defaults, and r emoves any saved configuration and direct[...]

  • Страница 596

    Troubleshooting Solutions 9-17 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 How to reset a user’ s password? 4. Select Eras e Local Confi g . The “ Erase Loc al Configur ation? ” prompt display s. 5. Select Ye s or press the Reset softkey to erase th e local configuration. The phone immediately er ases the local config uration and automatically restar ts t[...]

  • Страница 597

    Troubleshooting Solutions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 9-18 4. Enter the current user password in the te xt box and press the <Enter> key on the keyboard. 5. Press the <Ne w Passw ord> field . 6. Enter the new user password in the text box and pr ess the <Enter> key on the keyboard . 7. Press the <Re-enter Passwor d> fiel[...]

  • Страница 598

    Troubleshooting Solutions 9-19 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 How do I lock and unlock the phone? Fo r 6739i: Fo r 6867i: IP Phone UI Lock the phone: 1. Pre ss on the phone to enter the Options List. 2. Select Phone Lock. The prompt, “ L ock the phone ?” displays. 3. Pre ss Lock to loc k the pho ne. Unlock the phone: 1. Pre ss on the phone to e[...]

  • Страница 599

    Troubleshooting Solutions 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 9-20 2. Select Lock > Phone Lock. The prompt, “ Loc k th e p hon e ?” displays. 3. Select Ye s or press the Lock sof tkey to lock the phon e. Unlock the phone: 1. Press on the phone to enter the Options List. An “Enter Unlock Passwor d” prompt displays. 2. Enter the user or admini[...]

  • Страница 600

    A-1 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Appendix A Configuration Parameters About this Ap pendix This appendix describes the paramet ers you can set in the co nfiguration files for the IP ph ones. The configuration files include aastra.c fg , <model>.cfg, and <mac.cfg>. T opics This appendix covers the f ollowing topics: To p i c Pa ge Setti[...]

  • Страница 601

    About this Appendix 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-2 Backlight Mode Sett ings pageA-53 Brightness Lev el Settings pageA-54 Background Im age on Idle Screen pageA-55 Configurable Home/Idle Screen Modes pageA-55 Pictur e ID F eature pageA-56 DHSG Settings pageA-56 Bluetooth Support Settings pageA-57 Wideband Audio Equalizer Se[...]

  • Страница 602

    About this Appendix A-3 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 LLDP-MED and ELIN Settings pageA-112 Missed Calls Indicator Settings pageA-114 XML Settings pageA-114 Act ion UR I Set tings pageA-116 XML SIP Notify Settings pageA-119 Polling A ction URI Settings pageA-119 Ring T one and T one Set Global Settings pageA-120 Ring T one Per-[...]

  • Страница 603

    About this Appendix 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-4 Pa rk an d P ic ku p S et ti n gs pageA-154 Softkey/Progr ammable Key/Keypad Key/F eatur e Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key P aramete rs pag eA-156 Softkey Settings pageA-158 Programmable Key Settings pageA-166 T op Softkey S ettings pageA-170 Shifting of Sof tkey P ositions fo[...]

  • Страница 604

    About this Appendix A-5 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Ignore Out of Orde r SIP Requests pageA-212 Optional “ Allow ” and “ Allow-Event” Headers pageA-212 P-Ass erted Identity (P AI) pageA-212 Route Header in SIP P acket pageA-213 Compa ct SI P Heade r pageA-213 Rejection of INV or BY E pageA-213 Configuration Encryption S[...]

  • Страница 605

    Setting Parameters in Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-6 Setting Par ameters in C onfiguration F iles Y ou can set specific configuration parameters in the configuration files for conf iguring you IP phone. The aastr a.cfg, <model> .cfg , and <mac>.cfg files are sto red on the se rver . The aastra.cfg file stores gl[...]

  • Страница 606

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-7 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Simplified IP Phone UI Options Menu Para met er – options simple menu Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion All ows y ou to ena ble a sim pli fie d op tio ns me nu o r en abl e the ful l me nu o n th e IP Phon e UI. For 6739i[...]

  • Страница 607

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-8 Network Settings Description F or 6867i Wa r ni n g : When using the simplified menu, yo u cannot change the Network settings from the IP Phone UI. If the network settings become mis -configured, y ou must “factory default” the phone and use the full menu to recover[...]

  • Страница 608

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-9 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – ip Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion This p arameter ass igns a sta tic IP addr ess to the IP phone device. Note: For DHCP t o automatically populate this pa rameter , your DHCP server must suppor t Option [...]

  • Страница 609

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-10 Para met er – dns1 Con figu rati on Fil es aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description P rimary DNS server IP address. F or any of the IP address setting s on the IP phone a domain name value can be entered instead of an IP address. W ith the help of t[...]

  • Страница 610

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-11 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – ethernet por t 1 C onfiguration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg , <mac>.cfg Descrip tion The send (T X) and receive (RX) method t o use on Ethernet port 1 to transmit and receive data over the LA N. Note: PC Port parameters are not applicable[...]

  • Страница 611

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-12 DHCP Option Settings Option 12 Option 77 Option 120 Para met er – hostname Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>. cfg , <mac>.cfg Description Specifies the hostname DHCP Option 12 th at the phone sends with the DHCP Request packet. Note: If you change t[...]

  • Страница 612

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-13 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Options 159 and 160 - DHCP O ption Override Options 132 - T ransfer VLAN ID Assignment Using DHCP Para met er – dhcp config option override Co nfig urat ion Files aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion The value specifie d for this parameter ov [...]

  • Страница 613

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-14 Passw ord Settings Para met er – admin password Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg , <mac>.cfg Description Allo ws you to set a new administ rator password for the IP phon e. Note: T h e I P p h o n e s s u p p o r t n u m e r i c c h a r a c t e[...]

  • Страница 614

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-15 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Emergency Dial Plan Settings Emergency Call Behavior Settings Para met er – emergency dial plan Configur ation Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Allows y ou to specify an emergency number to use on your IP phone so a caller can con- t[...]

  • Страница 615

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-16 User Dial Plan Setting Aastra W eb UI Settings Configur ation Ser ver Settings Para met er – sip user parameter dial plan Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg , <mac>.cfg Description T he dial plan that the network uses to di sting uish between a r[...]

  • Страница 616

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-17 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – tftp ser ver Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion The TFTP server’ s IP address. If DHCP is enabled and the DHCP server provides the inf or- mation, this field is automatically populated. Use this parameter [...]

  • Страница 617

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-18 Para met er – alternate tftp pat h Configura tion F iles aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Specifies a path name f or which the configuration files reside on an alternate TFTP server for downloading to the IP Phone. Note: Enter the path name[...]

  • Страница 618

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-19 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – ftp path Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>. cfg , <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Specifies a path name for which the configurat ion files reside on an FTP server for down- loading to the IP Phone. Note: Enter the path name in the form folderX[...]

  • Страница 619

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-20 Para met er – http server Con fig urati on Fi les aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description The HTTP ser ver’ s IP address. This will beco me effective after this configuration file has been downloaded into the phone. Optional : Y ou can also assi[...]

  • Страница 620

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-21 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – https server Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion The HTTPS ser ver’ s IP address . This will become effective after this configuration file has been downloaded into the phone. Optional : Y ou can also as [...]

  • Страница 621

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-22 Para met er – auto resync mode Con fig urat ion Fi les aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Det ermines whether the configura tion server automa tically u pdates the configura tion files only , the firmwar e only , both the firmware and c onfigu[...]

  • Страница 622

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-23 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – auto resync tim e Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>. cfg , <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Sets the time of day in a 24-hou r period for the IP phone to be automatically updated . This parameter works with TFTP , FTP , HT TP and HT TPS servers.[...]

  • Страница 623

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-24 Multiple Configur ation Ser v er Settings Additional Information The director y files, language packs, TLS cer tificate files, 802. 1x cer tificate files, and HT TPS files can also be downloaded to the phone from a server other than the configuration server . F or each[...]

  • Страница 624

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-25 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Network Address T ranslation (NA T ) S ettings Para met er – sip nat ip Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>. cfg , <mac>.cfg Descrip tion IP address of the netw ork device that enfor ces NA T . Fo rm at IP Address Default Value 0.0.0.0 Range Not Appli[...]

  • Страница 625

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-26 Rpor t S etting Loc al SIP UDP/TCP P or t Setting Para met er – sip rport Configur atio n Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Allows y ou to enable (1) or disable (0) the use of Rpor t on the IP phone. “Rpor t” in RFC 3581 , allows a[...]

  • Страница 626

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-27 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Loc al SIP TLS Port SIP STUN Par ameters Para met er – sip local tl s port C onfigura tion Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Specifies the local sourc e port (SIPS/TLS) from which the phone sends SIP messages . Fo rm at Numeric Defau[...]

  • Страница 627

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-28 SIP TURN Par ameters Para met er – sip stun port Configuratio n Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description P ort nu mber of the STUN ser ver (also know a s Simple T raversal of UDP through NA T ) Notes: • The NA T I P configura tion parameter[...]

  • Страница 628

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-29 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – sip turn por t C onfiguration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion P ort number of the TURN server (also known as Tr aversal Us ing Relay NA T ). Note: The NA T IP configuration parameter takes precedence ov er the STUN a[...]

  • Страница 629

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-30 SIP K e ep Aliv e Supp ort HTTPS C li ent and Se rver Set ti ngs Para met er – sip keepaliv e timer Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description This value is how many seconds to wait befor e sending a SIP UDP keep alive packet to[...]

  • Страница 630

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-31 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 HT TPS Ser ver C er tific ate V alidation S ettings Para met er – https block http post xml C onfiguration F iles aastra.cfg , <model>.cfg , <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Enables or disables the blocking of XML scripts from HTTP POST s. Some client applications[...]

  • Страница 631

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-32 Para met er – https val idate expires Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>. cfg , <mac>.cfg Description Enables or disables the HTTPS validation of the expiration of the certificates. When this para meter is set to 1 , the HT TPS cl ient verifies wheth[...]

  • Страница 632

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-33 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – https user certific ates Conf igur atio n File s aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Specifies a file name f or a .PEM file located on the c onfiguration server . This file c ontains the User-provided certificates in PE M format[...]

  • Страница 633

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-34 V ir tual L ocal Area Network (VL AN) Settings Global P aramet ers Para met er – tagging ena bled Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Description Enable s or disables VLAN on the IP phones. T his is a global setting. For ma t Boolea[...]

  • Страница 634

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-35 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 LAN Por t (Etherne t Port 0) Parameters Para met er – vlan id Configuration Fi les aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg , <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Allows you to configure a VLAN ID that associ ates with the ph ysical Ethernet P ort 0 (LAN port). Notes: • Setting the ?[...]

  • Страница 635

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-36 The following table identifies the defa ult DSCP-to-priority mapping structure. PC Port (Ethernet Port 1) Paramete rs DSCP Range DSCP Priority 0-7 0 8-15 1 16-23 2 24-31 3 32-39 4 40-47 5 48-55 6 56-63 7 Para met er – vlan id port 1 Con figu rati on Fi les aastra.cfg[...]

  • Страница 636

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-37 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 RTCP Su mma r y Rep or t s Global Parameter s Para met er – qos eth port 1 priority Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Specifies the priority value used for passing VLAN packets through to a PC via P ort 1. Fo rm at In[...]

  • Страница 637

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-38 Line P arameter s Para met er – sip rtcp summar y report collector port Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg , <model>.cfg , <mac>.cf g Description Specifies the port address of the hostname ser ver r eceiving the RTCP summary reports. Note: Y ou must restar [...]

  • Страница 638

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-39 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 T ype of Ser vic e ( T oS)/DSCP Settings Para met er – sip lineN rtcp summar y report col- lector po rt (N is a line number from 1 to 9) Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion P er-line parameter spec ifying the port address[...]

  • Страница 639

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-40 Tim e a nd D at e S et tin gs Para met er – time format C onfiguration F iles aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description This parameter changes the time to 12 hour or 24 hour format. Use “0” f or the 12 hour format and “1” for the 24 hour for[...]

  • Страница 640

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-41 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Time Z one Name Para met er – time zone nam e Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Assigns a time zone name to the time server . The Cu stom option allows you to customize additional time zone parameters. The DP-Dhcp opt[...]

  • Страница 641

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-42 Time Zone Name/Time Zone Code T able Time Zone Name Ti me Zon e Co de AD-Andorra AE-Dubai AG-Ant igua AI-Anguill a AL - Tirane AN-Curacao AR-Buenos Air es AR-Saudi Ar abia AS-P ago P ago A T -Vie nna AU-L ord Howe AU-T as ma ni a AU- Me lb ou rn e AU- Syd ne y AU- Br o[...]

  • Страница 642

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-43 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 CA-Newf oundlan d CA-Atlantic CA-East ern CA-Saskat chewan CA-Centr al CA-Moun tain CA-Pacific CA- Y ukon CH-Zurich CK-Rarotonga CL -Santiago CL -Eas ter CN-Beijing CO-Bogota CR-Cos ta Ric a CU-Ha vana CY -Nicosia CZ -Pr ague NST AST EST EST CST MST PST PST CET CKS CLS[...]

  • Страница 643

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-44 LC -S t L uc i a LI-V aduz LT - V i l n i u s L U-Lux embour g LV - R i g a AST CET EET CET EET MC-Monaco MD- Chisinau MK-Skopje MQ-Mar tinique MS-Montserrat MT -Malt a MU-Mauritius MX-Mexico City MX-Cancun MX-Merida MX-Mont errey MX-Mazatlan MX-Chihuahua MX-Hermosillo[...]

  • Страница 644

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-45 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Ti me S er ve r S e tt in g s SA-Saudi Arabia SE-Stockholm SG-Singapore SI-Ljubljana SK-Bratisla va SM-San Marino SR-Paramaribo SV-El Salvador AST CET SGT CET CET CET SRT CST TR-Istanbu l T T -Port of Spain TW - T a i p ei EET AST CST UA- K ie v US-Eastern US-Centra l [...]

  • Страница 645

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-46 Para met er – time server1 Configuratio n F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description T he primary time ser v er's IP address or qual if ied domain name. If the time server is ena- bled, the v alue for time server1 will be used t o request [...]

  • Страница 646

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-47 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Custom T ime Z one and DST Settings Note: T o use the parameters in this sec tion, the “ time zone name ” parameter must be set to “ Cu s to m ”. S e e pageA-41 for more info rmation. Para met er – time zone m inutes C onfiguration F iles aastra.cfg , <[...]

  • Страница 647

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-48 Absolu te T ime Para met er – dst minutes C onfiguration F iles aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description T he number of minutes to add during Daylight Saving Time. V alid values are a positive intege r betwee n 0 to 60. For ma t Int ege r Default V[...]

  • Страница 648

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-49 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – dst end month Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg , <model>.cfg , <mac>.cf g Descrip tion The month that DST ends. V alid values are 1 to 12 (Janua ry to December). Fo rm at Int ege r Default Value Not Applicable Range 1 (Janua ry) 2 (F ebruary[...]

  • Страница 649

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-50 Relative Time Para met er – dst end hour Configuration Fi les aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description T he hour that DST ends. V alid values ar e an integer from 0 (midnight) to 23. For ma t Int ege r Default V alue Not Applicable Ran ge 0 (midnig[...]

  • Страница 650

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-51 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – dst start week Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg , <model>.cfg , <mac>.cf g Descrip tion The week in the specifie d month in which DST starts. Valid value is a positive or nega- tive integer f rom 1 to 5. Fo rm at Int ege r Default Value Not [...]

  • Страница 651

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-52 Para met er – dst start day Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description T he day of the specified week in the specified month that D ST starts on. V alid values ar e an integer from 1 to 7. For ma t Int ege r Default V alue Not App[...]

  • Страница 652

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-53 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Backlight Mode Settings Para met er – dst end hour Configuration F iles aastra.cfg , <model>.cfg , <mac>.cf g Descrip tion The hour that DST ends. V alid values are an integer from 0 (midnight) to 23. Fo rm at Int ege r Default Value Not Applicable Range [...]

  • Страница 653

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-54 Brightness Le vel Settings Note: Applicable to the 6739i and 6867i IP Pho nes only . Para met er – bl on time Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Allows y ou to set the amount of time, in se conds, that the backlight stays[...]

  • Страница 654

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-55 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Back ground Image on Idle Screen Configurable Home/Idle Screen Mo des Note: Applicable to the 6739i an d 6867i IP Phones only . Para met er – backgr ound image Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Set up background image[...]

  • Страница 655

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-56 Pic ture ID F eature DHSG Settings Note: Applicable to the 6739i and 6867i IP Pho nes only . Para met er – image server uri Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Description Al lows you to spec ify the server URI where pictures are st o[...]

  • Страница 656

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-57 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Bluetooth Sup por t Settings W ideband Audio Equ alizer Settings Note: Applicable to the 6 739i IP Phone on ly . Para met er – audio bluetooth Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg , <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Enables or disables the 6739i IP phone’ s[...]

  • Страница 657

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-58 Live Dialpad Settings SIP Loc al Dial Plan Settings Para met er – live dialpad Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description T urns the “Live Dialpad” feature ON or OFF . With live dial pad ON, the IP phone auto matically dials [...]

  • Страница 658

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-59 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – sip dial plan terminator Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Specifies whether or not pr essing the hash/pound (i.e. "#") key , while per forming an out- goin g call o n an ope n line, sh ould be [...]

  • Страница 659

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-60 SIP Outbound Sup por t Contac t Header Matching Para met er – sip outb ound suppor t Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Enables and disables whether or not the phon e uses Draft 15 (draft-ietf-sip- outbound- 15) suppor t f[...]

  • Страница 660

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-61 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 SIP Basic, Global Settings SIP Global Authentic ation Settings Para met er – sip screen na me Con figu rati on Fi les aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Used to display text on the screen of the phone. Y ou may want to set this parameter to [...]

  • Страница 661

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-62 Para met er – sip display name Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Description U sed in the display name field of the Fro m SIP header field. Some IP PBX systems use this as the caller’ s ID and some may o verwrite this with the str[...]

  • Страница 662

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-63 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – sip bla number Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Allows you to assign a phone number that is shared across all IP phones. Fo rm at Int ege r Default Value Not Applicable Range Not Applicabl e Example sip b[...]

  • Страница 663

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-64 Call W a iting Settings Para met er – call w aiting Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Description Allow s you to enable or disable Call Waiting on the IP phone. If you enable call waiting (default), the user has the option of accep[...]

  • Страница 664

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-65 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 SIP Global Network Settings Para met er – call waiting tone period Co nfi gura tion File s aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Specifies the time period, in seconds, that the ca ll waiting tone is audible on an active call when another call c[...]

  • Страница 665

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-66 Para met er – sip backup proxy ip Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description The IP addr ess of the backup SIP pr oxy server for which the IP phone uses when the pri- mary SIP proxy is unavailable. For ma t IP address or fully qu[...]

  • Страница 666

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-67 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – sip registrar ip Co nfi gura tion File s aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion The addr ess of the registr ar for which the IP phone uses to send REGISTER requ ests. A SIP registrar is a ser ver that maintains the location inf orma[...]

  • Страница 667

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-68 Backup Outbound Prox y ( Global Settings) Para met er – sip registr ation period Configur ation Fi les aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description The requested r egistration period, in seconds, from the registrar . For ma t Int ege r Default V alue 0[...]

  • Страница 668

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-69 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 SIP Basic, P er-Line Settings The follo wing parameters are SIP pe r-line settings . The value of " N " is 1 - 9 or 1-6 depending on your model ph one. SIP Per-Line A uthentication Settings Para met er – sip lineN screen name (N is a line number from 1 to 9[...]

  • Страница 669

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-70 Para met er – sip lineN user name (N is a line number from 1 to 9) Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Description U sed in the name field of the SIP URI for the IP phone and f or regist ering the IP phone at the regist rar . When c[...]

  • Страница 670

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-71 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – sip lineN password (N is a line number from 1 to 9) Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion The passw ord that will be used to registe r at the registrar . Fo rm at Te x t Default Value Not Applicable Range Up [...]

  • Страница 671

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-72 Para met er – sip lineN mode (N is a line number from 1 to 9) Configuration Files aastra.cf g, <model> .cfg , <mac>.cf g Description Allo ws you t o configure the mode of the line . Applicable values are: • Gener ic - Normal line • BroadSoft SCA - Sha[...]

  • Страница 672

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-73 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 SIP Per-Line C all W aiting Setting SIP Pe r-Line Networ k Settings Para met er – sip lineN call waiting (N is a line number from 1 to 9) Configur atio n Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Allows you to enable or disable Call Wait ing [...]

  • Страница 673

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-74 Para met er – sip lineN proxy por t (N is a line number from 1 to 9) Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg , <mac>.cfg Description T he pro xy server's port number For ma t Int eger Default V alue 0 Ran ge Not Applicable Exampl e sip line1 pr[...]

  • Страница 674

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-75 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – sip lineN outbound proxy port (N is a line number from 1 to 9) Configura tion Files aastra.cfg , <model>.cfg , <mac>.cf g Descrip tion The pro xy por t on the pro xy server to which the IP phone sends all SIP messages. Fo rm at Int ege r Def[...]

  • Страница 675

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-76 Para met er – sip lineN backup registrar ip (N is a line number from 1 to 9) Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Description T he address of the backup registrar (typical ly , the backup SIP pro xy) for which the IP phone use s to se[...]

  • Страница 676

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-77 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Backup Outbound Pro x y (P er-line Settings) BL A Suppor t for MWI Para met er – sip lineN backup outbound proxy (N is a line number from 1 to 9) Configura tion Files aastra.cfg , <model>.cfg , <mac>.cf g Descrip tion The IP address or domain name of the [...]

  • Страница 677

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-78 Shared C all Appear anc e (S CA) Call Bridgi ng Global Setting Per-Line Setting Para met er – sip sca bridg ing Configura tion Files aastra.cfg , <model>.cfg , <mac>.cf g Description Enables/disabl es SCA bridging on the phone-side on a global basis. Note[...]

  • Страница 678

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-79 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Centralize d Conferencin g Setti ngs Global Setting Per-Line Settin g Para met er – sip centraliz ed conf Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Globally enables or di sables SIP central ized confer encing for an IP phone [...]

  • Страница 679

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-80 Custom A d-Hoc Conferenc e SIP Join F eature for 3- W ay Conferenc e Conferenc e/T ransfer in Live Dial Mode Para met er – custom adhoc confer ence Configura tion Files aastra.cfg , <model>.cfg , <mac>.cf g Description Enables/disables the phone to intero[...]

  • Страница 680

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-81 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 HT TP/HT TPS Authentic ation Supp or t for Broadsoft CMS Para met er – http digest username Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Specifies the username to use for HTTP/HT TPS digest authentication. The server uses this u[...]

  • Страница 681

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-82 Ad v an ced SIP Se tti ngs Para met er – sip explicit mwi subscription Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description If the IP phone has a message waiting subscription with the Service Provider , a Mes- sage W aiting Indicator (MWI)[...]

  • Страница 682

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-83 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – sip session timer Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>. cfg , <mac>.cfg Descrip tion The time , in seconds, that the IP phone uses to send pe riodic re- INVITE requests to keep a session aliv e. The pr oxy uses these r e- INVITE requests [...]

  • Страница 683

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-84 Para met er – sip transpor t protocol Configura tion F iles aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description The protocol that the IP phone uses to se nd out SIP messages. Notes: • If you set the value of this parameter to 4 (TLS), the phone checks to se[...]

  • Страница 684

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-85 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – sip registration renewal timer Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion The thr eshold value, in sec onds, prior to ex pi ration, that the phone renews registrations. The phone will automatically send r egistrati [...]

  • Страница 685

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-86 Para met er – sip blf subscription period Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description T he requested duration, in seconds, befor e th e BLF subscription times out. The phone re- subscribes to the BLF subscription ser vice bef ore t[...]

  • Страница 686

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-87 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Missed Call Summar y Subscription Settings Global Parameter s Para met er – sip missed c all summary subscript ion Configur atio n Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Enables or disables the Missed Ca ll Summa ry Subscription feature. T[...]

  • Страница 687

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-88 Per-Line Paramete r As-F eature-E vent Subscription Settings Para met er – sip lineN missed call summary subscription (N is a line number from 1 to 9) Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg , <mac>.cfg Description Enables or disables the Missed Call[...]

  • Страница 688

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-89 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 T ranspor t Lay er Securit y (TLS) S ettings T o c onfigure TLS, you must enter the “ sip transport protocol ” parameter with a value of “ 4 ” ( TLS). See the “ sip transport protocol” description on pageA-8 4 . Also enter the follo wing parameters in th[...]

  • Страница 689

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-90 Para met er – sips root and intermediate certificates Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Allows you to specify t he SIP Root and I ntermediate Ce rtificate f iles to use when t he phone uses the TLS transport protocol t o[...]

  • Страница 690

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-91 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – sips loca l certificat e Configuration F iles aastra.cfg , <model>.cfg , <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Allow s you to specify the Loca l Certificate file to use when the phone uses the TLS trans - port protocol t o setup a call. This parameter is [...]

  • Страница 691

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-92 Para met er – sips private k ey Configuration Fi les aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Allow s you to specify a P rivate Key file to use when the phone uses the TLS transport pro- tocol to setup a call. This parameter is required when config[...]

  • Страница 692

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-93 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – sips trusted certificates Configuration F iles aastra.cfg , <model>.cfg , <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Allows you to specify th e T rusted Certi ficate files to us e when the phone uses the TLS transport protocol t o setup a call. The T rusted Ce[...]

  • Страница 693

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-94 802.1x Supp or t Settings Use the following parameters to con figure the 802.1x Protocol on your phone using th e configuration files. Fo r E A P- MD 5 us e : • eap type • identity • md5 password • pc por t passthrough enabled Fo r E A P-TL S us e : • eap typ[...]

  • Страница 694

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-95 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – identity Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Specifies the identity or username used for authenticating the pho ne. Note: The value you enter for this parameter also displays in the Aastra W eb UI at the pa[...]

  • Страница 695

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-96 Para met er – 802.1x root and inte rmediate certificates Configur atio n Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Specifies the file name that contains the r oot and intermediate certificates related to the local cer tificate . Y ou can use t[...]

  • Страница 696

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-97 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – 802.1x lo cal certificate Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Specifies the file name that contains the local certificate. Y ou can use this parameter in three ways: • T o download no c ertificates • T [...]

  • Страница 697

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-98 Para met er – 802.1x trusted certificates Configura tion Fil es aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Specifie s the file name that co ntains the trusted certificates. Y ou can use this paramet er in three wa ys: • T o download no cer tificate[...]

  • Страница 698

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-99 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 RTP , Codec, D TMF Global S ettings Global Settings Para met er – sip rtp por t Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Indicates the port through which the RTP packets are sent. This value must specify the beginning of the[...]

  • Страница 699

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-100 Para met er – sip amr codec mode set Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg <mac>.cfg Description Specif ies the list of mode sets supported and also the pref erred mode to use if multiple modes are suppor ted by both sides. For ma t In te ge r De[...]

  • Страница 700

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-101 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – sip cust omized codec Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Specifies a customized c odec prefer ence list which al lows y ou to select the pref erred codecs f or this IP phone. Y ou can enter up to 10 codec[...]

  • Страница 701

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-102 Para met er – sip dtmf method Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Sets the Dual-tone mul tifrequency (DTMF) meth od to use on the IP phone. Note: See “ Out-of-Band DTMF and DTMF Method on page 4-79 ” for DTMF b ehav i[...]

  • Страница 702

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-103 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Per-Line Settings Para met er – sip remove silence sup pression offer Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Specifies whether or not the silence suppre ssi on attribute should be included in the Session Description Pr o[...]

  • Страница 703

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-104 Autodial Settings Global Settings Per-Line Settings Para met er – sip autodial number C onfigura tion F iles aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Globally s pecifies the SIP phone number that the IP phone autodials when the handset is lifted f[...]

  • Страница 704

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-105 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 V oicemail Settings Para met er – sip lineN autodial timeout (N is a line number from 1 to 9) Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion On a per-line basis , this parameter spe cifies the time, in seconds, that the phone wa[...]

  • Страница 705

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-106 SCA V oicemail Indicat or Settings Para met er – sip vmail Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Specifies the phone number of the v oicemail system co nnected to the sip account. This parameter specifies the phone number y[...]

  • Страница 706

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-107 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Director y Settings Para met er – directory 1 Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion The name of a directory list that you can download fr om the configuration ser ver . Y ou can use this parameter in t hr ee ways: • T[...]

  • Страница 707

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-108 Para met er – directory 2 Config uration Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg , <mac>.cfg Description The name of a directory list that you can download from the configuration ser ver . Y ou can use this parameter in three wa ys: • T o download no direc tory [...]

  • Страница 708

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-109 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Customizable Director y List K ey Cal le rs Li st S e tti ng s Para met er – directory digits match Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion The phone will take the last n dig its of the incoming call to per f orm the looku[...]

  • Страница 709

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-110 Customizable C allers List and Ser vices K ey Call F or ward Settings Para met er – services script Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Allows y ou to specify a specific URI for accessi ng services after pressing the Serv[...]

  • Страница 710

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-111 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Cal l For w a rd K ey M od e S e tti ng s Example: The following is an example of configur ing th e CFWD key mode in the configuration files: call forward key mode: 2 softkey1 type: callforward softkey1 states: idle connected inc oming outgoing busy In the above exam[...]

  • Страница 711

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-112 PIN Sup pression LLDP-MED and ELIN Settings Para met er – pin suppression dial plan Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Description Al lows a patt ern based configuration of the PIN suppr ession. For ma t Alphanumeric characters Symb [...]

  • Страница 712

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-113 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – use lldp elin Co nfi gurat ion File s aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Enables or disables the use of an Emergency L ocation Identification Number ( ELIN) receive d from LLDP as a caller ID for emer gency numbers. Fo rm at [...]

  • Страница 713

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-114 Missed Calls Indic ator Settings XML Settings Para met er – missed calls ind icator disabled Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Description Enable s or disables the Missed C alls Indicato r . If the "missed calls indicator dis[...]

  • Страница 714

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-115 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – xml applic ation title Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion This parameter allows you to rename the XML appl ication in the IP phone UI (Servi ces->4. Custom F eature). By default, when you load an XML a[...]

  • Страница 715

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-116 Action URI Settings Para met er – xml status s croll delay Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Specifies the length of time , in seconds, th at each XML status message displa ys on the phone. Note: Changes to this paramet[...]

  • Страница 716

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-117 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – action uri registration event Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Specifies the URI that the phone ex ecutes a GET on, when a registration even t change occurs. This parameter us es the following variable[...]

  • Страница 717

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-118 Para met er – action uri offhook Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Specif ies the URI f or which the phone ex ecutes a GET on when an offhook event oc curs. This parameter can use the follo wing variables: $$LINEST A T [...]

  • Страница 718

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-119 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 XML SIP Notify Settings Polling A ction URI S ettings Para met er – sip xml notify event Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Enables or disabl es the phone to accept or r eject an aastra-xml SIP NO TIFY message. Note: [...]

  • Страница 719

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-120 Ring T one and T one Set Global Settings Para met er – action u ri poll inter val Conf iguratio n Fil es aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Specifie s the interval, in seconds , between calls from the phone t o the "action uri poll"[...]

  • Страница 720

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-121 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Ring T one Per-Line Settings Ring T one via Speak er During Active C alls Settings Para met er – lineN ring tone (N is a line number from 1 to 9) Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Sets the type of ring tone on the IP [...]

  • Страница 721

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-122 No Ser vice Congestion T one S ettings Status Code on Ignoring Incoming C alls S witch F ocus to Ringing Line Para met er – no service congestion tone Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg , <mac>.cfg Description If enabled, the congestion ton e wi[...]

  • Страница 722

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-123 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Call Hold R eminder Settings Para met er – call hold reminder Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Enables or dis ables the reminder ring splash time r to start as soo n as you put a call on hold (even when no other ca[...]

  • Страница 723

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-124 Preferred Line and Preferred Line T imeout Para met er – call hold reminder frequency Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Description Specifies the time interval, in seconds, between each ring splash sound on the active line. F or e[...]

  • Страница 724

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-125 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Goodbye K ey Cancels Inc oming Call Stuttered Dial T one S etting Para met er – goodbye canc els incoming call Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Enable or disables the behavior of the Goodbye Key on the IP phone . Wh[...]

  • Страница 725

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-126 Message W aiting Indicator Settings Message W aiting Indicator Request URI Setting Para met er – mwi led line Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Description Al lows y ou to enable the Message W aitin g Indicator (MWI) on a single li[...]

  • Страница 726

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-127 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 DND K ey Mode Settings The following is an example of configur ing the mode for DND in th e configuration files: dnd key mode: 2 softkey1 type: dnd softkey1 states: idle connected inc oming outgoing busy In the above example, softkey 1 is configured for DND fo r line[...]

  • Страница 727

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-128 For S yla ntro Server only Para met er – alert auto call distribution Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description When an "alert-acd" keyword appears in the he ader of the INVI TE request, the conf igured Bellcore ring [...]

  • Страница 728

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-129 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – aler t community 3 Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion When an "alert community-3” keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request, the configured Bellcore ring t one is applied to the IP phone.[...]

  • Страница 729

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-130 Para met er – aler t emergency C onfiguration F iles aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description When an "al ert emergenc y" keyword appears in the header of the INVITE r equest, the configured Bellcore ring tone is applied t o the IP phone[...]

  • Страница 730

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-131 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Bellcore C adence Settings Para met er – aler t priority Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion When an "alert priority" keyword appears in the header of the INVITE request, the configured Bellcore ring tone is a[...]

  • Страница 731

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-132 SIP Diversion Display Global Setting Para met er – bel lcore cad ence dr 4 Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Sets the cadence for Bellcore-d r4. Note: Y ou can define up to 8 cadence rings. The value of -1 indicates “[...]

  • Страница 732

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-133 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Per-Line Settin g Display of Call D estination for Incoming Calls Display Name Customization Settings Para met er – sip lineN diversion display (N is a line number from 1 to 9) Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion F or[...]

  • Страница 733

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-134 Language Settings Para met er – language C onfiguration F iles aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description The language you want to display for the IP Phone UI. Valid values for all phon es are: 0 (English) default 1-4 The values 1-4 are dependent on[...]

  • Страница 734

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-135 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – input language Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Allows you to specify the language to use for inputs on the IP Phone. Entering a la n- guage value f or this parameter al lows users t o enter te xt and[...]

  • Страница 735

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-136 Language P ack Settings Para met er – language N Where “N” can be 1, 2, 3, or 4 Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description The language pack you want to load to the IP phone. Va li d v al ue s ar e: • lang_cs.txt (Czech - [...]

  • Страница 736

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-137 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 The f ollowing tabl e identifies the la nguage code t o use for the IP phone language pack s. Language Codes (from Standard ISO 639) Example The foll owing example downloads no language pack file: language 1 : The foll owing example downloads the German language pack[...]

  • Страница 737

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-138 The following table identifies the country codes to use for th e IP phone language packs. Not all country code are applica- ble. Countr y Codes (from Standard ISO 3166) Coun tr y Coun tr y Code AFGHANIST AN ÅLAND ISLANDS ALBANIA AL GERIA AMERICA N SAMOA ANDORRA ANGOL[...]

  • Страница 738

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-139 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 CAMBODIA CAMEROON CANADA CAPE VERDE CA YMAN ISLA NDS CENTRAL AFRI CAN REPUBLIC CHAD CHILE CHINA CHRISTMAS ISLAND COC OS (KEELING) ISLANDS COLOMB IA COM ORO S CONG O CONGO , THE DEMOCRA TIC REPUBLIC OF THE COOK ISLANDS COSTA RIC A CÔTE D 'IV OIR E CROA TIA CUBA [...]

  • Страница 739

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-140 HAITI HEARD ISLAND AND MCDONALD ISL ANDS HOL Y SEE ( V A TICAN CITY ST A TE) HONDURAS HONG KONG HUNGARY HT HM VA HN HK HU ICELAND INDIA INDONE SIA IRAN, ISLAMIC REPUBLIC OF IRAQ IRELAND ISLE OF MAN ISRAEL IT AL Y IS IN ID IR IQ IE IM IL IT JAMAICA JAP AN JERSEY JORDAN[...]

  • Страница 740

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-141 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 NAMIBIA NAURU NEP AL NETHERLANDS NETHERLANDS ANTILLES NEW CALEDONIA NEW ZEALAND NICARAGU A NIGER NIGERIA NIUE NORFOLK ISLAND NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS NORW A Y NA NR NP NL AN NC NZ NI NE NG NU NF MP NO OMAN OM PA K I S T A N PA L AU P ALESTINIAN TERRITO RY , OCCUPIED [...]

  • Страница 741

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-142 SAINT HELENA SAINT KITTS AND NEVIS SAINT L UCIA SAINT PIERRE AND MIQUEL ON SAINT VINCENT AND THE GRENADIN ES SAMOA SAN MARINO SAO T OME AND PRINCI PE SAUDI ARABIA SENEGAL SERBIA SEY CHELLES SIERRA LEONE SINGAPORE SL OV AKIA SL OVENIA SOL OMON ISLANDS SOMALIA SOUTH AFR[...]

  • Страница 742

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-143 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Sup press D T MF Playback Setting Display D TMF Digits S etting YEMEN YE Zaire ZAMBIA ZIMBABWE see CONGO , T HE DEMOCRA TIC REPUBLIC OF THE ZM ZW Para met er – suppress dtmf playback Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion[...]

  • Страница 743

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-144 Filter Out Incoming D TMF Events In tercom, Auto -An swer , a nd B arge I n Se tting s Outgoing Interc om Settings Para met er – suppress incoming dtmf playback Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Description Suppress playback of bot[...]

  • Страница 744

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-145 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Incoming Intercom Settings Para met er – sip intercom pref ix code Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion The pr efix to add to the phone number for server-side outgoing Intercom calls. T his parameter is required for al[...]

  • Страница 745

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-146 Para met er – sip intercom mute mic Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg , <mac>.cfg Description Enables or disables the microphone on the IP phone for Intercom calls made by the origi- nating caller . For ma t Int ege r Default V alue 1 (true) Ra[...]

  • Страница 746

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-147 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Enable Microphone During Early Media Group Pa ging RT P Settings Example The following is an example o f config uring RTP streaming for P aging applic ations using the co nfiguration files: paging group listening: 224.0.0.2:1 0000,239.0.1.20:15000 softkey1 type: pagi[...]

  • Страница 747

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-148 Audio T ransmit and Receiv e Gain Adjustment Settings 1. Para met er – headse t tx gain Con figu rati on Fi les aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description This is the incr eased (+db) or decreased (-db) amount of signal transmitted from the head- se[...]

  • Страница 748

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-149 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Disable User Login to Aastr a W eb UI Para met er – handsfree tx gain Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion This is the increased (+db) or decreased (-db) amount of signal transmitted from the base microphone to the far-[...]

  • Страница 749

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-150 Minimum Ringer V olume T erminated Calls Indic ator Direc ted C all Pickup (BLF or XML C all Interc eption) Settings Para met er – ringer vo lume minimum Configuratio n Files aastra.cfg, <m odel>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Specifie s the minimum ringer v[...]

  • Страница 750

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-151 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 A CD Auto-Av ailable Timer Settings Para met er – directed call pickup prefix Co nfi gurat ion Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Allows you to enter a specific prefix string (depending on what is available on your server), that the p[...]

  • Страница 751

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-152 Map ping K ey Settings This section provides the hard key settings you can use to en able and disable the Redial, Conf , and Xfer keys on the IP phone. Para met er – redial disabled Con fig urat ion Files aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description E[...]

  • Страница 752

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-153 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Send D TMF for R emap ping Conferenc e or Redial K ey Para met er – map redial key to Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Sets the Redial key as a Speeddial key if a value is enter ed for this parameter . If you leave [...]

  • Страница 753

    Operational, Basic, and Advanced Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-154 Park and Pickup Settings Para met er – map conf as dtmf Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description All ows the phone to send the stor ed number as D TMF using the phone configured D TMF method when the “Conf ” key is pr esse[...]

  • Страница 754

    Operational, Basic, an d Advanced Parameters A-155 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – sprecode Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Specifies the code to en ter befor e entering the extension fo r where you wan t to park an incoming call. The applic able value is depend ant on the t ype of [...]

  • Страница 755

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-156 Sof tk ey/P r ogr ammable K e y/K eypad K ey/F eature Ke y/ E x p an s i o n M o d u l e Key / H a rd Key Pa ra m e te r s This section provides the softkey , progr a mmable key, keypad key , featur e key , and expa nsion m[...]

  • Страница 756

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-157 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 *The M670i expansion module consists of 36 softkeys. Y ou ca n ha ve up to 3 expansion modules on an IP phone totalling 108 softk ey s. V alid for 6735i, 6737i, 6739i, 6 753i, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i C T phones. **The M675i expansion[...]

  • Страница 757

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-158 Sof tk ey Settings The value of " N " for the following parameters is dependent on the nu mber of soft keys a vailable on the 9480i, 948 0i CT , 6735i, 6737i, 67 55i, 6757i, 6757i C T , and 6867i models. See t he [...]

  • Страница 758

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-159 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 • callers - Indicates the key is configured to access the Cal lers List. • redi al - Indicates the key is configured to access the Redial List. • con f - Indicates the key is configured as a C onferenc e key . • xfer - Indica[...]

  • Страница 759

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-160 Para met er – softkeyN label Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Description The text label that displays on the IP phone for the softkey. The “ softkeyN label ” paramet er can be set [...]

  • Страница 760

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-161 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – softkeyN value Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg , <model>.cfg , <mac>.cf g Descrip tion This is the value you assign to the softkey . The “ softkeyN valu e ” par ameter can be set f or the following so[...]

  • Страница 761

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-162 Para met er – softkeyN line Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Description T his is the line associat ed with the softkey you are co nfiguring. The number of applicable lines available i[...]

  • Страница 762

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-163 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – softkeyN sta tes Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg , <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Displays the st atus of the phone when a so ftkey is pressed. Y ou can enter multip le values ( idle, connected, incomi[...]

  • Страница 763

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-164 Shifting of Sof tk ey Positions for Busy Stat es Option to Remov e the “More ” Softkey when Not R equired Note: Applicable to the 6735i, 6737i, 6755i, 6757i, 6757iC T , 9480i, and 9480iC T IP Phones only. Para met er ?[...]

  • Страница 764

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-165 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Increase of Displayed Characte rs for Soft k ey Line Labels Note: Applicable to the 6735i, 6737i, 6755i, 67 57i, and 6757iC T IP Phones onl y . Para met er – line icon disabled Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, [...]

  • Страница 765

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-166 Programmable K e y Settings The value of "N" for the follo wing parame ters is dependent on the number of programmable keys available on the 9143i, 6730i, 6731i, 673 5i, 6753i, 675 5i, 6863i, and 686 5i phone mode[...]

  • Страница 766

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-167 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 • filter - Indicates the key is configured to activate/deactivate Ex ecutive Call F iltering ( This feature is not suppor ted for the 6735i, 6737i, 6863 i, 6865i, and 6867i in Release 3.3.1 S P3). • callers - Indicates the key is[...]

  • Страница 767

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-168 Para met er – prgkeyN v alue C onfigur ation Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Description T his is the value you assign to the pr ogrammable key . The “ prgkeyN v alue ” parameter can be set for [...]

  • Страница 768

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-169 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – prgkeyN line C onfiguration F iles aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion This is the line associated with the programmable key you are configuring. The “ prgkeyN li ne ” par ameter can be se[...]

  • Страница 769

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-170 T op Softk ey Se tt in gs Note: Applicable to the 6737i, 6757i, 6 757i C T , and 6867i IP Phones only . Para met er – topsoftkeyN type C onfigura tion Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Description T h[...]

  • Страница 770

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-171 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 • phonelock - I ndicates the key is configured to be used to lock/unlock the phone . • paging - Indicates the key is configured f or Group P aging on the phone. Pr essing this key automatically sends a Real Time T ransp ort Proto[...]

  • Страница 771

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-172 Para met er – topsoftkeyN label Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Description The text label that displays on the IP phone for the softkey. The “ topsof tk eyN label ” parameter can [...]

  • Страница 772

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-173 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – topsoftkeyN value Configuration F iles aastra.cfg , <model>.cfg , <mac>.cf g Descrip tion This is the value you assign to the softkey . The “ topsof tkeyN value ” parameter can be set for the follo win[...]

  • Страница 773

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-174 Press-and-Hold Speeddial Ke ypad K ey Settings Para met er – topsoftkeyN line Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Description T his is the line associat ed with the softkey you are co nfi[...]

  • Страница 774

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-175 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Handset F eature K ey Settings Note: Applicable to the 9480i C T and 6757i C T IP Phones only . Para met er – featurekeyN type Con figu rati on Fil es aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion The type of fe ature[...]

  • Страница 775

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-176 Para met er – featurekeyN label Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Description T he text label that displays on the IP phone for the f eature key . Notes: • Fo r the 6757i CT phones, an [...]

  • Страница 776

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-177 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Expansion Module K ey Settings for M670i , M675i, and M680i Para met er – expmodX keyN type Co nfi gura tion File s aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion The type of softkey to configure. V alid types are: •[...]

  • Страница 777

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-178 • filter - Indicates the key is set f or activating/dea ctivating Executive Cal l Fi ltering ( This feature is not supported for the 6735i, 6737i, 6863i, 6865i, and 6867 i in Release 3.3.1 SP3). • callers - Indicates th[...]

  • Страница 778

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-179 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – expmodX keyN label Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion The text label that displays on th e softkey for the Expansion Module. The “ e xpmodX k eyN label ” parameter ca[...]

  • Страница 779

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-180 Para met er – expmodX keyN value Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description T he text label that displays on the IP phone f or the softkey on the Expansion Module. The “ e xpmodX k[...]

  • Страница 780

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-181 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – expmodX keyN line Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg , <mac>.cfg Descrip tion T h i s i s t h e l i n e a s s o c i at e d w i t h t h e s o f t k e y you are configuring on the Expansion Module.[...]

  • Страница 781

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-182 Hard K ey Settings for 6867i Para met er – hardk eyN type Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Description T he type of key to which you would like to change the hard key. V al id types inc[...]

  • Страница 782

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-183 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Range none line speeddial dnd blf list acd xml flash sprecode park pickup lcr callforward blfxfer speeddialxfer speeddialconf directory callers redi al conf xfer icom phonelock paging Example hardkey1 type: speeddial[...]

  • Страница 783

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-184 Para met er – hardk eyN va lue Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Description T he value you woul d like to assign to the har d key you are config uring. The “har dkeyN value” paramete[...]

  • Страница 784

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-185 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Customizing the K ey T ype List Softkeys, Programmable K eys , Expansion Module Keys Para met er – hardkeyN line Configur ation Fi les aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion The line as sociated with the har d[...]

  • Страница 785

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-186 Default V alue Ran ge Any of the key types in the “Default V alue” field abo ve. Exampl e softkey selection list: blf , speeddial, line , xml • none • blf/xfer • line • speeddial/xf er • speeddial • speeddia[...]

  • Страница 786

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-187 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Handset F eature K eys (for CT Models ONL Y ) Lo ck in g Keys Para met er – feature k ey selecti on list Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Allow s you to specif y which key types to [...]

  • Страница 787

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-188 Para met er – topsoftkeyN locked Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Description L ocks the specified top softkey on the 6737, 6757i , 6757i C T , or 6867i IP phone. When enabled, the pho [...]

  • Страница 788

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-189 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – expmodX k eyN lock ed Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Locks the specified softkey on the Expansion Mo dule attached to the IP phone. W hen ena- bled, the phone locks t[...]

  • Страница 789

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-190 Locking the SA VE and DELETE K eys Note: Applicable to the 6730i, 6731i, 6753i, and 6865i IP Phones only. Para met er – prgkey1 locked Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>. cfg , <mac>.cfg Description Allow[...]

  • Страница 790

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-191 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – prgke y5 lock ed Conf igu rati on Fil es aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Allows you to lock or unl ock the Sav e key on the 6730i, 6731i, or 6865 i IP Phone. When the Sav e key is unlocked[...]

  • Страница 791

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-192 Enabling/Disabling Ability to Add/Edit Speeddial K eys BLF List URI Settings BLF P age S witch Para met er – speeddial edit C onfiguration F iles aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Allows you to e[...]

  • Страница 792

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-193 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Configurable Display for Blank BLF/List Softk eys Ring Splash Settings Note: Applicable to the 6735i, 67 37i, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i C T IP Phones only . Para met er – keys noname hidden Configura tion F iles aastra.cfg, <model[...]

  • Страница 793

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-194 Para met er – prgkeyN ring spl ash Configur ation Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Description When a key is c onfigured f or BLF functionalit y, this parameter controls the ring splash alert pattern [...]

  • Страница 794

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-195 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Range For BLF F or BLF/List 0-6 100 (Ring tone 1) 0 (Silence) 101 (Ring tone 2) 1 (Normal) 102 (R ing tone 3) 2 (Normal delayed) 103 (Ring tone 4) 3 (Periodic) 104 (Ring tone 5) 4 (Periodic dela yed) 105 (Silence) 5 (Low volume) 6 (L[...]

  • Страница 795

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-196 Para met er – softkeyN ring splash Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Description When a key is configured for BLF functionalit y, this parameter co ntrols the ring splash alert pattern pe[...]

  • Страница 796

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-197 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Range For BLF For BLF/List 0-6 100 (Ring tone 1) 0 (Silence) 101 (Ring tone 2) 1 (Normal) 102 (R ing tone 3) 2 (Normal delayed) 103 (Ring tone 4) 3 (Periodic) 104 (Ring tone 5) 4 (Periodic dela yed) 105 (Silence) 5 (Low volume) 6 (Lo[...]

  • Страница 797

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-198 Para met er – topsoftkeyN ring splash Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description When a key is configure d for BLF functionalit y, this parameter controls the ring splash alert patter[...]

  • Страница 798

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-199 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Range F or BLF F or BLF/List 0-6 100 (Ring tone 1) 0 (Silence) 101 (Ring tone 2) 1 (Normal) 102 (Ring tone 3) 2 (Normal delayed) 103 (R ing tone 4) 3 (Periodic) 104 (Ring tone 5) 4 (Periodic delay ed) 10 5 (Silence) 5 (Low volume) 6 [...]

  • Страница 799

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-200 Para met er – expmodX KeyN ring splash Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description When a key is configure d for BLF functionalit y, this parameter controls the ring splash alert patte[...]

  • Страница 800

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-201 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Range F or BLF F or BLF/List 0-6 100 (Ring tone 1) 0 (Silence) 101 (Ring tone 2) 1 (Normal) 102 (Ring tone 3) 2 (Normal delayed) 103 (R ing tone 4) 3 (Periodic) 104 (Ring tone 5) 4 (Periodic delay ed) 10 5 (Silence) 5 (Low volume) 6 [...]

  • Страница 801

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Feature Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-202 Para met er – hardke yN ring splash Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Description (6867i only) When a key is configured for B LF functionality, this parameter controls the ring splash al[...]

  • Страница 802

    Softkey/Programmable Key/Keypad Key/Fea ture Key/Expansion Module Key/Hard Key A-203 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – ring splash del ay Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Indicates the delay (in seconds) between the target ringing and the ring splash play ed when the “ . ..keyN ring [...]

  • Страница 803

    Customizing M675i Expan sio n Module Column Display 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-204 C ust omizing M675i Expansion Module C olumn Displa y Expansion Module 1 through 3 Para met er – expmodXpageNle ft Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Description Allows you to specify a customized heading for the M675i expan[...]

  • Страница 804

    Advanced Operational Parameters A-205 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 A dvanc ed Operational P aramet ers The f ollowing par ameters in th is section allow the sy stem ad ministrator to set advanced operational features on the IP phones. Blind T ransfer Setting Semi-Attended T ransfer Settings Update Ca ller ID Setting Para met er – sip cancel af[...]

  • Страница 805

    Advanced Operational Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-206 Boot Se quenc e R ecov ery Mode S ettings Single Call Restriction Setting Para met er – force web reco very mode disabled Co nfi gurat ion File s aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Enables or disables the forcing web recov ery m ode feature. If this par[...]

  • Страница 806

    Advanced Operational Parameters A-207 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Blacklist Duration Setting Whitelist Pro x y Setting XML K ey R edirection Settings (for R edial, Xfer , Conf, Ic om, V o ic email) Para met er – sip blacklist duration Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Specifies the l ength of t[...]

  • Страница 807

    Advanced Operational Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-208 Para met er – xfer script Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>. cfg , <mac>.cfg Description Specifies an Xf er script for the phone t o use. When this parameter is set, pres sing the Xfer key GET s the specified URI from the server instead of starting the transfe[...]

  • Страница 808

    Advanced Operational Parameters A-209 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Options K ey Redirection S etting Off-Ho ok and XML Ap plication Interaction S etting XML Override for a L ock ed Phone Setting Para met er – options script Con fig urati on Fi les aastra.cfg, <model> .cfg, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Specifies an Options sc ript for the[...]

  • Страница 809

    Advanced Operational Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-210 S ymmetric UDP Signaling Setting S ymmetric TLS Signaling Setting User-Agent Setting Para met er – sip symmetric udp signaling Configura tion F iles aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Allo ws you to enable or disable the phone t o use por t 5060 t o sen[...]

  • Страница 810

    Advanced Operational Parameters A-211 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 GRUU and sip .instance Suppor t DNS Quer y Setting Para met er – sip gruu Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg , <model>.cfg , <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Enables or disables Gl obally Routable User-Age nt URI (GRUU) support on the IP Phone according to draft-ietf-sip- gruu[...]

  • Страница 811

    Advanced Operational Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-212 Ignore Out of Orde r SIP Request s O p t i o n a l “A l l o w ” a n d “A l l o w - E v e n t ” H e a d e r s P-Asserted Identit y (P AI) Para met er – sip accept out of order requests Configuration Files aastra.cf g, <model> .cfg , <mac>.cf g Description Ena[...]

  • Страница 812

    Advanced Operational Parameters A-213 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Route Header in SIP P ack et Compac t SIP Head er Re jection of INV or BY E Para met er – sip remove route Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>. cfg , <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Enables and disables the addition of the Rout e header in a SIP packet. Enable this param[...]

  • Страница 813

    Advanced Operational Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-214 Configur ation Encr yption Setting DNS Host F ile DNS Ser ver Query Para met er – config encrypti on k ey Configur ation F iles aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Specifies the phone-specific encr yption key that the configuration server uses to encrypt[...]

  • Страница 814

    Advanced Operational Parameters A-215 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – sip dns srvX priority Note: The “X” indicate a server number with values from 1 to 4. Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg , <mac>.cfg Descrip tion The priority level assign ed to this DNS server . After this parameter is downloaded fr om t[...]

  • Страница 815

    Advanced Operational Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-216 SIP Ser vices/R T CP Summary Repor ts T ranspor t Protoc ol Settings SIP Services Para met er – sip dns srvX target Note: The “X” indicate a ser ver number with val- ues from 1 t o 4. Configuration F iles aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg , <mac>.cfg Description T he host[...]

  • Страница 816

    Advanced Operational Parameters A-217 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 RTCP Sum ma r y Re por t s Alphanumeric Input Order for Username Prompts Para met er – sip r tcp summar y reports transport protocol Configuration F iles aastra.cfg , <model>.cfg , <mac>.cf g Descrip tion Specifies the transport protocol used fo r sending RTCP summa[...]

  • Страница 817

    Advanced Operational Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-218 Active V oIP Recording Settings Wa r n i n g! When a recordi ng ses sion is in progre ss, the re spec tive IP p hones displ ay a record ing icon on scre en. The recording icon is displayed on the IP phones to indicate the recor ding se ssion is active a nd that a duplicate copy o[...]

  • Страница 818

    Advanced Operational Parameters A-219 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 BroadSof t BroadW orks Executive and Assistant Services Settings Para met er – recording periodic beep Configura tion Files aastra.cfg , <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Specifies how often (in seconds) the periodic be ep tone (notifying us ers that their call is bei ng reco rded) [...]

  • Страница 819

    Advanced Operational Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-220 Para met er – sip execassi st fac cal l push Configura tion Files aastra.cfg, <mode l>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Specifies the Fe ature Acc ess Code (F AC) f or the BroadSoft Executiv e- Assistant Call Push feat ure. For ma t String (in quotations) Default V alue &[...]

  • Страница 820

    Troubleshooting Parameters A-221 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 T roubleshooting P arameters The f ollowing par ameters in th is section allow the sy stem administrator t o set logging and suppor t settings f or trouble- shooting purposes. Log Settings Para met er – log ser ver ip Configuration Files aastra.cfg, <model>. cfg , <mac>.[...]

  • Страница 821

    Troubleshooting Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-222 Para met ers – log module <module name> Conf igu ratio n Fil es aastra.cfg, <model>.cfg, <mac>.cfg Description Al lows enhanced sev erity filtering of log calls sent as blog output . The blog, as used on the IP ph ones, is a an online debugging tool that can be fre[...]

  • Страница 822

    Troubleshooting Parameters A-223 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Examples Enter a debug level v alue in the “ Debug L evel ” field for a module . Example 1 T o turn two or more debug levels on at the same time, you add the value associated with each level. F o r exampl e, F atal Errors + Err ors + W arnings = 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 log module linemgr: 7[...]

  • Страница 823

    Troubleshooting Parameters 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 A-224 W atchD og Settings Crash F ile Retriev al Para met er – watchdog e nable Configuratio n F iles aastra.cfg, <model>. cfg , <mac>.cfg Description Enables/ disables the use of the W atchDog task f or the IP Phones. For ma t Boolean Default V alue 1 (enabled) Ran ge 0 (disa[...]

  • Страница 824

    Troubleshooting Parameters A-225 41-00 1343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Para met er – upload system info on crash C onfiguration F i les aastra.cfg, <model>.cf g, <mac>.cfg Descrip tion Enables and disables the wat chdog to automatically reboot the phone and send a crash f ile to the pre-defined ser ver . Fo rm at Boolean Default Value 0 Ran[...]

  • Страница 825

    41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 B-1 Appendix B Configuring the IP Phone at the Asterisk IP PBX About this Appendix This appendix describes how to setup a use r’ s phone with an ex tension to make and r eceive calls using the Asterisk as the PBX. To p i c s This appendix covers the follo wing topics: To p i c Pa ge IP Phone at the Asterisk IP PBX p[...]

  • Страница 826

    IP Phone at the Asterisk IP PBX B-2 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 IP Phone at the Ast erisk IP PBX The following configuration illustrates how to create a user with an ex te nsion to make and receive calls using the Aster- isk as the PBX. This configuration is defined in the sip.c onf file pr esent along with the other c onfiguratio n files that a[...]

  • Страница 827

    IP Phone at the Asterisk IP PBX 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 B-3 After this is defined in the “sip .conf ” file, some information ha s to be entered in the “ extensions.conf ” file presen t in the same director y as the “sip .conf ” file. The following definition in the file under the [sip ]sec tion /context completes defining the ex[...]

  • Страница 828

    C-1 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Appendix C Sample Configuration Files About this Ap pendix This appendix provides sample configuratio n files for the 6757i, 6757i CT , and 6753i. T opics This appendix covers the f ollowing topics: To p i c Pa ge Sample Configura tion F iles pageC-2 6757i Sample Configuration F ile pageC-2 6757i C T Sample [...]

  • Страница 829

    Sample Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 C-2 Sample Configur a tion F iles This section consists of the sa mple configur ation files necessar y t o configure th e IP phones . The gener al format is similar to configuration files used by several Unix -based programs . Any text following a number sign (#) on a line is consider ed to[...]

  • Страница 830

    Sample Configuration Files C-3 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 # DHCP Sett ing # ====== ======== #dhcp: 1 # DH CP enabled. # DHCP: # 0 = fa lse, means DHCP is d isabled. # 1 = tr ue, means D HCP is en abled. # # Notes: # # DHCP is normally set from the Opti ons list on the phon e or # the web inte rface # # If DH CP is disab led, the following netwo[...]

  • Страница 831

    Sample Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 C-4 # NAT Sett ings # ======= ======== # Option 1: # # If you are using a session border c ontroller, you shoul d set the # outbound prox y to the se ss ion bor de r contr ol le r add re ss #sip outboun d pr ox y: sbc. aa st ra.co m #sip outb ound proxy port: 0 # a val ue of 0 e nables SR V[...]

  • Страница 832

    Sample Configuration Files C-5 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 ## HTTP server sett ings (for http://b ogus.aastra .com/firm ware/) #http se rver: bogus .aastra.c om # ca n be IP or FQDN #http pa th: firmwar e #------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- --------- -------- --- # Dial Plan Settings # ====== =========== ==== # # Notes: # # As y[...]

  • Страница 833

    Sample Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 C-6 # General SIP Settin gs # = = = = = = = = = = = #sip sess ion timer: 90 # enable s upport of R FC4028, t he defaul t # value of 0 disables this fun ctionalit y #sip transpo rt pro to col : 0 # use UD P (1 ), TCP (2 ) or bo th (0) fo r si p # messagin g #sip use basic cod ec s: 1 # limit[...]

  • Страница 834

    Sample Configuration Files C-7 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 # Per-li ne SIP Sett ings # ====== =========== ===== # configur e li ne 3 as the supp or t Bro adso ft SCA li ne # - th e proxy and registra r setting s are taken from the global # se ttings abov e sip line3 sc re en na me : Su ppo rt sip line 3 user name : 4000 sip line 3 display n ame:[...]

  • Страница 835

    Sample Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 C-8 # Softkey Settings # # Softkey s can be se t either server wi de or uniqu e to each phone. # Setting softkeys a s line/ca ll appear ances shoul d be done in the # "<mac>.cfg " fi le , sin ce the se ar e uniq ue to eac h pho ne . # Notes: # # There are a maxim um of 18 so[...]

  • Страница 836

    Sample Configuration Files C-9 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 6757i CT Sample Configuration File # Sample Configurat ion File # ====== =========== ======== # Date: Oct ober 26th, 2005 # Phone Model: 6757 iCT # Notes: # # The ge neral forma t used he re is sim ilar to con figuratio n files # used b y several U NIX-based programs . Any text following[...]

  • Страница 837

    Sample Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 C-10 # DHCP Se tting # ====== ====== #dhcp: 1 # DHCP en ab led . # DHCP: # 0 = fal se, means D HCP is di sabled. # 1 = tru e, means DH CP is ena bled. # # Notes: # # DHCP is no rmally set from th e Options list on th e phone or # the web interfa ce # # If DHC P is disabl ed, the f ollowing [...]

  • Страница 838

    Sample Configuration Files C-11 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 # NAT Se ttings #======= ====== # Option 1: # # If yo u are using a sessio n border controller, you shou ld set t he # outbo und proxy t o the ses sion bord er controll er addres s #sip outbo un d pro xy : sb c. aas tra. co m #sip out bound proxy port: 0 # a va lue of 0 enables SRV # lo[...]

  • Страница 839

    Sample Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 C-12 # Dial Plan Sett in gs # ======= =========== # # Notes: # # As you dia l a number on the phon e, the phone will in itiate a call # when o ne of the f ollowing condition s are meet: # # (1) T he entered number is an exact match in t he dial p lan # (2) The "#" symbol ha s be e[...]

  • Страница 840

    Sample Configuration Files C-13 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 # General SI P Set ti ng s # ====== =========== === #sip sessi on time r: 90 # enable supp or t of RF C402 8, th e de fa ult # value of 0 disables th is func ti on al ity #sip trans po rt prot oc ol : 0 # use UDP (1), TC P (2) or bot h (0 ) fo r sip # messagi ng #sip use basic code cs: [...]

  • Страница 841

    Sample Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 C-14 # Per-li ne SIP Settings # ======= =========== === # configu re line 3 a s the sup port Broa dsoft SCA l ine # - the proxy and regis tr ar sett in gs are ta ken fro m th e gl oba l # set tings above sip line3 screen nam e: Suppor t sip line3 user name: 4000 sip line3 display na me: Aas[...]

  • Страница 842

    Sample Configuration Files C-15 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 # Softke y Settings # ====== ========== # Softke ys can be s et either server w ide or uniq ue to eac h phone. # Setting so ft key s as lin e/c al l appea ra nc es shou ld be don e in the # "<mac> .cfg" file, since th ese are u nique to ea ch phone. # Notes: # # There ar[...]

  • Страница 843

    Sample Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 C-16 #-------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- --------- --------- - # Cordle ss Handset Featu re Keys # ======= =========== ========= == # Notes: # # In addition to th e con fi gu rat io n pa ramet er s th at ex is t on the 67 57 i # phone, following are the p arameters specifi[...]

  • Страница 844

    Sample Configuration Files C-17 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 #Feature key 0 cont rol: 1 # 1 - M ake the key configur able by t he user thr ough the phone an d # t he phone's web clien t # 2 - L ocks the ke y from us er modifi cations. Us er cannot modify # t his key fro m the han dset or t he phone's web clien t. # 4 - Hide this key. Do[...]

  • Страница 845

    Sample Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 C-18 # Example configurat ion key list versi on : 1 Feature k ey 0 En lab el: "Line 1" Feature k ey 0 Fr lab el: "Fr-L ine 1" Feature k ey 0 Sp lab el: "Sp-L ine 1" Feature key 0 co nt ro l: 0 Feature k ey 0 hs eve nt: 7 Feature k ey 0 base e vent: 1 Feature k [...]

  • Страница 846

    Sample Configuration Files C-19 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Feature ke y 7 En la be l: "Red ia l" Feature ke y 7 Fr la be l: "Fr- Re di al" Feature ke y 7 Sp la be l: "Sp- Re di al" Feature ke y 7 hs ev en t: 60 Feature ke y 7 con tr ol : 4 Feature ke y 7 bas e ev en t: 13 Feature ke y 8 En la be l: "Dir ."[...]

  • Страница 847

    Sample Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 C-20 6753i Sample Configuration File # Sample Confi gu ra ti on Fi le #= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = # Date: O ctober 26th , 2005 # Phone Mo del: 6753i # Notes: # # The gen eral format used her e is simi lar to conf iguration files # used by severa l UN IX- ba se d pro gr ams. A[...]

  • Страница 848

    Sample Configuration Files C-21 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 # DHCP Sett ing # ====== ======= #dhcp: 1 # DH CP enabled. # DHCP: #0 = false, me ans DHC P is disa bl ed . #1 = true, mea ns DH CP is ena bl ed . # # Notes: # # DHCP is normally set from the Opti ons list on the phon e or # the web inte rface # # If DH CP is disab led, the following ne[...]

  • Страница 849

    Sample Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 C-22 # NAT Sett ings # = = = = = = = # Option 2: # # If you are using a session border c ontroller, you shoul d set the # outbound prox y to the se ss ion bor de r contr ol le r add re ss #sip outboun d pr ox y: sbc. aa st ra.co m #sip outb ound proxy port: 0 # a val ue of 0 e nables SR V #[...]

  • Страница 850

    Sample Configuration Files C-23 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 # Dial Plan Settings # ====== =========== === # # Notes: # # As yo u dial a nu mber on t he phone, the phone will init iate a c all # when one of the following conditio ns are meet : # # (1) The entered num be r is an exac t ma tc h in the di al pl an # (2) The "#" symbo l ha [...]

  • Страница 851

    Sample Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 C-24 # General SIP Settin gs # ======= =========== ==== #sip sess ion timer: 90 # enable s upport of R FC4028, t he defaul t # value of 0 disables this fun ctionalit y #sip transpo rt pro to col : 0 # use UD P (1 ), TCP (2 ) or bo th (0) fo r # sip mess aging #sip use basic cod ec s: 1 # li[...]

  • Страница 852

    Sample Configuration Files C-25 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 # Per-li ne SIP Sett ings # ====== =========== ====== # configur e li ne 3 as the supp or t Bro adso ft SCA li ne # - th e proxy and registra r setting s are taken from the global # se ttings abov e sip line3 sc re en na me : Su ppo rt sip line 3 user name : 4000 sip line 3 display n am[...]

  • Страница 853

    Sample Configuration Files 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 C-26 # PRGKEY TYPES: "l ine", "sp eeddial", "blf", "li st", "dnd " # PRGKEY VALUE: If prgkey t ype is a speeddial, any DTMFs (from # 0 - 9, *, " #") or a comma (,) f or 500ms pause and # 'E ' for On- hook can be set for t[...]

  • Страница 854

    D-1 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Appendix D Sample BLF Softkey Settings About this Ap pendix This appendix provides sample BLF softkey settings for both the Asterisk ser v er and the BroadSoft BroadWorks server . T opics This appendix covers the f ollowing topics: To p i c Pa ge Sample BLF Softkey Settings pageD-2 Aster isk/sip Xecs BL F page [...]

  • Страница 855

    Sample BLF Softkey Settings 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 D-2 Sam p l e B L F So ft k ey Set tin g s Asterisk/sipX e cs BLF The following are sample softkey an d programmable key configur a tions to enabl e Aster isk/si pXecs B LF sup por t on A astra IP phones. Sof tk ey Configuration Parameters for Asterisk/sipXecs BLF softkey1 type: blf softke[...]

  • Страница 856

    Sample BLF Softkey Settings D-3 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 BroadSof t BroadW orks BLF The following are sample softkey and programmable ke y configurations to enable Broadsoft BroadW orks Busy Lamp Field support on A astra IP phones. Softkey Configuration P arameters for Broadsoft BroadW orks BLF softkey1 type: list softkey1 label: softkey1 val[...]

  • Страница 857

    41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 E-1 Appendix E Sample Multiple Proxy Server Configuration About this Appendix This appendix provides a sample multiple proxy server configuration. To p i c s This appendix covers the follo wing topics: To p i c Pa ge Multiple Proxy Server Configuration pageE-2[...]

  • Страница 858

    Multiple Proxy Server Configuration E-2 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Multiple Pr o x y Ser ver C onfigurat ion Multiple proxy servers can be configured in the aastra.cfg file, <model>.cfg file, or the <mac>.cfg file . In the example below , the default pro xy setting is used if no specific setting is sp ecifie d in the l ine confi gur[...]

  • Страница 859

    41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Warran ty-1 Limited W arran ty (Not applicable in Austr alia – see belo w f or Limited W arr anty in Austr alia) Aastra warrants this product against defects and malfunctions in accordance w ith Aastra's authorized, writt en functional specification r elating to such products during a one (1) ye ar period from [...]

  • Страница 860

    Warranty-2 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Limited W arranty ( Austr alia O nly) The benefits under the Aastra Limited W arr ant y below are in addition to other ri ghts and r emedies to which you may be entitled under a law in relation to the products. In addition to all rights and remedies to which you may be entitled under the Competition and Co[...]

  • Страница 861

    Limited Warranty (Austral ia Only) 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 Warranty-3 W arranty Repair Ser vices Procedure: S hould the product fail during the W arr anty P e riod and you wish to make a claim under this express warranty , please contact the Aastra authorized reseller who sold you this pr oduct (details as per the invoic e) and present proo[...]

  • Страница 862

    Index-1 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 Index Symbols "Allow" and "Allow-Event" headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31 "Call Info" header in 200 ok responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 30 Numerics 802.1x Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Страница 863

    Index 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Index-2 mapping as speeddi al . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85 Conference softkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 , 1-18 , 1-27 , 1-30 conferencing, SIP Join feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Страница 864

    Index Index-3 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 F feature keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104 configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 118 , A-174 , A-175 feature keys, confi guring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Страница 865

    Index 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Index-4 line settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 line/call appearance keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42 LLDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Страница 866

    Index Index-5 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 call forward settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-110 call hold reminder during active calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A -123 call hold reminder frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 [...]

  • Страница 867

    Index 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Index-6 Phone Status Firmware Vers ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 , 3-9 IP&MAC Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 , 3-9 LAN Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Страница 868

    Index Index-7 41-001343 -02 REV04 – 05.2014 outbound proxy server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 37 proxy port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 37 proxy server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Страница 869

    Index 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Index-8 XML action U RIs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-246 configuring on IP phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-242 configuring SIP Notify for empty message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Страница 870

    Copyright-1 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 Th ird-P ar ty Cop yright C ompliance This product contains software provided under license to Aastra by one or more third partie s . In addition to the Aastra SLA, use and distribution of this pr oduct is subjec t to the following license terms: Expat XML Parser Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open So[...]

  • Страница 871

    Third-Party Copyright Compliance 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 Copyright-2 OpenSSL License Issues The OpenSSL toolk it stays under a dual li cense, i.e. both the conditions of th e OpenSSL License and the original SSLea y license apply t o the toolkit. See bel ow f or the actual licens e texts. A ctually both lice nses ar e BSD-style Open Source [...]

  • Страница 872

    Third-Party Copyright Compliance Copyright-3 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED W ARRANTIES, INCL UDING, BUT NOT LIMITED T O , THE * IMPLIED W ARRANTIES OF MERCHANT AB ILIT Y AND FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED . IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJEC T OR * ITS CO NTRIBUT ORS BE LIABL E FOR ANY DIRECT , INDIRECT[...]

  • Страница 873

    Third-Party Copyright Compliance 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 Copyright-4 * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer . * 2. Redistributions in binar y f orm must reprodu ce the above cop yright * notice, this list of cond itio ns and the follo wing disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other ma terials pro vided with the d[...]

  • Страница 874

    Third-Party Copyright Compliance Copyright-5 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05.2014 THIS SOFT W ARE IS PROVIDED B Y THE COP YRIGHT HOLDERS AND C ONTRIBUT ORS " AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED W ARRANTIES, INCL UDING, BUT NOT LI MITED T O , THE IMPLIED W ARRANTIES OF MERCHANT ABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED . IN NO E[...]

  • Страница 875

    Third-Party Copyright Compliance 41-001343-02 REV04 – 05 .2014 Copyright-6 OWNERSHIP OF SOFT W ARE AND COP YRIGHT S. Title t o all copies of the Software remains with Intel or its suppliers. The Soft ware is copyrighted and protected by the law s of the Unit ed States and ot her countries, and international trea ty provi- sions. Y ou may not remo[...]

  • Страница 876

    Disclaimer Aastra will not accept liability fo r any damages and/or long distance charges, wh ich result fr om unauthor ized and/or unlawful use . While every effort has been made t o ensur e accuracy , Aastr a will not be liable for t echnical or editorial erro rs or omissions c ontained within this documentation. The inf ormation contained i n th[...]